Surah 006 of 114

سورة الأنعام

Al-Anaam

165 verses · tap any ayah to deep-dive

Ayat 1

ٱلْحَمْدُ لِلَّهِ ٱلَّذِى خَلَقَ ٱلسَّمَٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضَ وَجَعَلَ ٱلظُّلُمَٰتِ وَٱلنُّورَ ۖ ثُمَّ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ بِرَبِّهِمْ يَعْدِلُونَ.(1)

[All] praise is [due] to Allāh, who created the heavens and the earth and made the darkness and the light. Then those who disbelieve equate [others] with their Lord. [Al-Anaam: 1]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 1

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

[All] praise is [due] to Allāh, who created the heavens and the earth and made the darkness and the light. Then those who disbelieve equate [others] with their Lord.

Transliteration

Ayah 1

Alhamdu lillahi allathee khalaqa alssamawati waalarda wajaAAala alththulumati waalnnoora thumma allatheena kafaroo birabbihim yaAAdiloona

Word-by-word

Ayah 1

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 الْحَمْدُ Alhamdu (All) the praises and thanks ح م د
2 لِلّٰهِ lillahi (be) to Allah أ ل ه
3 الَّذِى allathee the One Who
4 خَلَقَ khalaqa created خ ل ق
5 السَّمَاوَاتِ alssamawati the heavens س م و
6 وَالْأَرْضَ waalarda and the earth أ ر ض
7 وَجَعَلَ wajaAAala and made ج ع ل
8 الظُّلُمَاتِ alththulumati the darkness[es] ظ ل م
9 وَالنُّورَ waalnnoora and the light ن و ر
10 ثُمَّ thumma Then
11 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
12 كَفَرُواْ kafaroo disbelieved ك ف ر
13 بِرَبِّهِم birabbihim in their Lord ر ب ب
14 يَعْدِلُونَ yaAAdiloona equate others with Him ع د ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 2

هُوَ ٱلَّذِى خَلَقَكُم مِّن طِينٍۢ ثُمَّ قَضَىٰٓ أَجَلًۭا ۖ وَأَجَلٌۭ مُّسَمًّى عِندَهُۥ ۖ ثُمَّ أَنتُمْ تَمْتَرُونَ.(2)

It is He who created you from clay and then decreed a term1 and a specified time [known] to Him;2 then [still] you are in dispute. [Al-Anaam: 2]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 2

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

It is He who created you from clay and then decreed a term1 and a specified time [known] to Him;2 then [still] you are in dispute.

Transliteration

Ayah 2

Huwa allathee khalaqakum min teenin thumma qada ajalan waajalun musamman AAindahu thumma antum tamtaroona

Word-by-word

Ayah 2

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 هُوَ Huwa He
2 الَّذِى allathee (is) the One Who
3 خَلَقَكُم khalaqakum created you خ ل ق
4 مِّن min from
5 طِينٍ teenin clay ط ي ن
6 ثُمَّ thumma then
7 قَضَىٰٓ qada He decreed ق ض ي
8 أَجَلًا ajalan a term أ ج ل
9 وَأَجَلٌ waajalun and a term أ ج ل
10 مُّسمًّى musamman specified س م و
11 عِندَهُۥ AAindahu with Him ع ن د
12 ثُمَّ thumma yet
13 أَنتُمْ antum you
14 تَمْتَرُونَ tamtaroona doubt م ر ي

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 3

وَهُوَ ٱللَّهُ فِى ٱلسَّمَٰوَٰتِ وَفِى ٱلْأَرْضِ ۖ يَعْلَمُ سِرَّكُمْ وَجَهْرَكُمْ وَيَعْلَمُ مَا تَكْسِبُونَ.(3)

And He is Allāh, [the only deity] in the heavens and the earth. He knows your secret and what you make public, and He knows that which you earn. [Al-Anaam: 3]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 3

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And He is Allāh, [the only deity] in the heavens and the earth. He knows your secret and what you make public, and He knows that which you earn.

Transliteration

Ayah 3

Wahuwa Allahu fee alssamawati wafee alardi yaAAlamu sirrakum wajahrakum wayaAAlamu ma taksiboona

Word-by-word

Ayah 3

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَهُوَ Wahuwa And He
2 اللهُ Allahu (is) Allah أ ل ه
3 فِى fee in
4 السَّمَاوَاتِ alssamawati the heavens س م و
5 وَفِى wafee and in
6 الْأَرْضِ alardi the earth أ ر ض
7 يَعْلَمُ yaAAlamu He knows ع ل م
8 سِرَّكُمْ sirrakum your secret س ر ر
9 وَجَهرَكُمْ wajahrakum and what you make public ج ه ر
10 وَيَعْلَمُ wayaAAlamu and He knows ع ل م
11 مَا ma what
12 تَكْسِبُونَ taksiboona you earn ك س ب

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 4

وَمَا تَأْتِيهِم مِّنْ ءَايَةٍۢ مِّنْ ءَايَٰتِ رَبِّهِمْ إِلَّا كَانُوا۟ عَنْهَا مُعْرِضِينَ.(4)

And no sign comes to them from the signs of their Lord except that they turn away therefrom. [Al-Anaam: 4]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 4

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And no sign comes to them from the signs of their Lord except that they turn away therefrom.

Transliteration

Ayah 4

Wama tateehim min ayatin min ayati rabbihim illa kanoo AAanha muAArideena

Word-by-word

Ayah 4

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَمَا Wama And not
2 تَأْتِيهِم tateehim comes to them أ ت ي
3 مِّنْ min [of]
4 اٰيَةٍ ayatin any sign أ ي ي
5 مِّنْ min from
6 اٰيَاتِ ayati (the) Signs أ ي ي
7 رَبِّهِمْ rabbihim (of) their Lord ر ب ب
8 إِلَّا illa but
9 كَانُواْ kanoo they are ك و ن
10 عَنْهَا AAanha from it
11 مُعْرِضِينَ muAArideena turning away ع ر ض

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 5

فَقَدْ كَذَّبُوا۟ بِٱلْحَقِّ لَمَّا جَآءَهُمْ ۖ فَسَوْفَ يَأْتِيهِمْ أَنۢبَٰٓؤُا۟ مَا كَانُوا۟ بِهِۦ يَسْتَهْزِءُونَ.(5)

For they had denied the truth when it came to them, but there is going to reach them the news of what they used to ridicule.1 [Al-Anaam: 5]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 5

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

For they had denied the truth when it came to them, but there is going to reach them the news of what they used to ridicule.1

Transliteration

Ayah 5

Faqad kaththaboo bialhaqqi lamma jaahum fasawfa yateehim anbao ma kanoo bihi yastahzioona

Word-by-word

Ayah 5

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 فَقَدْ Faqad Then indeed
2 كَذَّبُواْ kaththaboo they denied ك ذ ب
3 بِالْحَقِّ bialhaqqi the truth ح ق ق
4 لَمَّا lamma when
5 جَآءَهُمْ jaahum it came to them ج ي أ
6 فَسَوْفَ fasawfa but soon
7 يَأْتِيهِمْ yateehim will come to them أ ت ي
8 أَنبَآءُ anbao news ن ب أ
9 مَا ma (of) what
10 كَانُواْ kanoo they used to ك و ن
11 بِهِۦ bihi [at it]
12 يَسْتَهْزِءُونَ yastahzioona mock ه ز أ

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 6

أَلَمْ يَرَوْا۟ كَمْ أَهْلَكْنَا مِن قَبْلِهِم مِّن قَرْنٍۢ مَّكَّنَّٰهُمْ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ مَا لَمْ نُمَكِّن لَّكُمْ وَأَرْسَلْنَا ٱلسَّمَآءَ عَلَيْهِم مِّدْرَارًۭا وَجَعَلْنَا ٱلْأَنْهَٰرَ تَجْرِى مِن تَحْتِهِمْ فَأَهْلَكْنَٰهُم بِذُنُوبِهِمْ وَأَنشَأْنَا مِنۢ بَعْدِهِمْ قَرْنًا ءَاخَرِينَ.(6)

Have they not seen how many generations We destroyed before them which We had established upon the earth as We have not established you? And We sent [rain from] the sky upon them in showers and made rivers flow beneath them; then We destroyed them for their sins and brought forth after them a generation of others. [Al-Anaam: 6]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 6

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Have they not seen how many generations We destroyed before them which We had established upon the earth as We have not established you? And We sent [rain from] the sky upon them in showers and made rivers flow beneath them; then We destroyed them for their sins and brought forth after them a generation of others.

Transliteration

Ayah 6

Alam yaraw kam ahlakna min qablihim min qarnin makkannahum fee alardi ma lam numakkin lakum waarsalna alssamaa AAalayhim midraran wajaAAalna alanhara tajree min tahtihim faahlaknahum bithunoobihim waanshana min baAAdihim qarnan akhareena

Word-by-word

Ayah 6

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 أَلَمْ Alam Did not?
2 يَرَوْاْ yaraw they see ر أ ي
3 كَمْ kam how many?
4 أَهْلَكْنَا ahlakna We destroyed ه ل ك
5 مِن min from
6 قَبْلِهِم qablihim before them ق ب ل
7 مِّن min of
8 قَرْنٍ qarnin generations ق ر ن
9 مَّكَّنَّاهُمْ makkannahum We had established them م ك ن
10 فِى fee in
11 الْأَرْضِ alardi the earth أ ر ض
12 مَا ma what
13 لَمْ lam not
14 نُمَكِّن numakkin We (have) established م ك ن
15 لَّكُمْ lakum for you
16 وَأَرْسَلْنَا waarsalna And We sent ر س ل
17 السَّمَآءَ alssamaa (rain from) the sky س م و
18 عَلَيْهِم AAalayhim upon them
19 مِّدْرَارًا midraran showering abundantly د ر ر
20 وَجَعَلْنَا wajaAAalna and We made ج ع ل
21 الْأَنْهَارَ alanhara the rivers ن ه ر
22 تَجْرِى tajree flow ج ر ي
23 مِن min from
24 تَحْتِهِمْ tahtihim underneath them ت ح ت
25 فَأَهْلَكْنَاهُم faahlaknahum Then We destroyed them ه ل ك
26 بِذُنُوبِهِمْ bithunoobihim for their sins ذ ن ب
27 وَأَنْشَأْنَا waanshana and We raised ن ش أ
28 مِن min from
29 بَعْدِهِمْ baAAdihim after them ب ع د
30 قَرْنًا qarnan generations ق ر ن
31 اٰخَرِينَ akhareena other أ خ ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 7

وَلَوْ نَزَّلْنَا عَلَيْكَ كِتَٰبًۭا فِى قِرْطَاسٍۢ فَلَمَسُوهُ بِأَيْدِيهِمْ لَقَالَ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوٓا۟ إِنْ هَٰذَآ إِلَّا سِحْرٌۭ مُّبِينٌۭ.(7)

And even if We had sent down to you, [O Muḥammad], a written scripture on a page and they touched it with their hands, the disbelievers would say, "This is not but obvious magic." [Al-Anaam: 7]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 7

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And even if We had sent down to you, [O Muḥammad], a written scripture on a page and they touched it with their hands, the disbelievers would say, "This is not but obvious magic."

Transliteration

Ayah 7

Walaw nazzalna AAalayka kitaban fee qirtasin falamasoohu biaydeehim laqala allatheena kafaroo in hatha illa sihrun mubeenun

Word-by-word

Ayah 7

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَلَوْ Walaw And (even) if
2 نَزَّلْنَا nazzalna We (had) sent down ن ز ل
3 عَلَيْكَ AAalayka to you
4 كِتَابًا kitaban a written Scripture ك ت ب
5 فِى fee in
6 قِرْطَاسٍ qirtasin a parchment ق ر ط س
7 فَلَمَسُوهُ falamasoohu and they touched it ل م س
8 بِأَيْدِيهِمْ biaydeehim with their hands ي د ي
9 لَقَالَ laqala surely (would) have said ق و ل
10 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
11 كَفَرُوٓا kafaroo disbelieved ك ف ر
12 إِنْ in Not
13 هَٰذَآ hatha (is) this
14 إِلَّا illa but
15 سِحْرٌ sihrun magic س ح ر
16 مُّبِينٌ mubeenun clear ب ي ن

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 8

وَقَالُوا۟ لَوْلَآ أُنزِلَ عَلَيْهِ مَلَكٌۭ ۖ وَلَوْ أَنزَلْنَا مَلَكًۭا لَّقُضِىَ ٱلْأَمْرُ ثُمَّ لَا يُنظَرُونَ.(8)

And they say, "Why was there not sent down to him an angel?"1 But if We had sent down an angel, the matter would have been decided;2 then they would not be reprieved. [Al-Anaam: 8]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 8

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And they say, "Why was there not sent down to him an angel?"1 But if We had sent down an angel, the matter would have been decided;2 then they would not be reprieved.

Transliteration

Ayah 8

Waqaloo lawla onzila AAalayhi malakun walaw anzalna malakan laqudiya alamru thumma la yuntharoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 8

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَقَالُواْ Waqaloo And they said ق و ل
2 لَوْلَآ lawla Why has not been
3 أُنزِلَ onzila sent down ن ز ل
4 عَلَيْهِ AAalayhi to him
5 مَلَكٌ malakun an Angel م ل ك
6 وَلَوْ walaw And if
7 أَنزَلْنَا anzalna We (had) sent down ن ز ل
8 مَلَكًا malakan an Angel م ل ك
9 لَّقُضِىَ laqudiya surely (would) have been decided ق ض ي
10 الْأَمْرُ alamru the matter أ م ر
11 ثُمَّ thumma then
12 لَا la no
13 يُنظَرُونَ yuntharoona respite would have been granted to them ن ظ ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 9

وَلَوْ جَعَلْنَٰهُ مَلَكًۭا لَّجَعَلْنَٰهُ رَجُلًۭا وَلَلَبَسْنَا عَلَيْهِم مَّا يَلْبِسُونَ.(9)

And if We had made him [i.e., the messenger] an angel, We would have made him [appear as] a man, and We would have covered them with that in which they cover themselves [i.e., confusion and doubt]. [Al-Anaam: 9]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 9

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And if We had made him [i.e., the messenger] an angel, We would have made him [appear as] a man, and We would have covered them with that in which they cover themselves [i.e., confusion and doubt].

Transliteration

Ayah 9

Walaw jaAAalnahu malakan lajaAAalnahu rajulan walalabasna AAalayhim ma yalbisoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 9

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَلَوْ Walaw And if
2 جَعَلْنَاهُ jaAAalnahu We had made him ج ع ل
3 مَلَكًا malakan an Angel م ل ك
4 لَّجَعَلْنَاهُ lajaAAalnahu certainly We (would) have made him ج ع ل
5 رَجُلًا rajulan a man ر ج ل
6 وَلَلَبَسْنَا walalabasna and certainly We (would) have obscured ل ب س
7 عَلَيْهِم AAalayhim to them
8 مَّا ma what
9 يَلْبِسُونَ yalbisoona they are obscuring ل ب س

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 10

وَلَقَدِ ٱسْتُهْزِئَ بِرُسُلٍۢ مِّن قَبْلِكَ فَحَاقَ بِٱلَّذِينَ سَخِرُوا۟ مِنْهُم مَّا كَانُوا۟ بِهِۦ يَسْتَهْزِءُونَ.(10)

And already were messengers ridiculed before you, but those who mocked them were enveloped by that which they used to ridicule. [Al-Anaam: 10]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 10

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And already were messengers ridiculed before you, but those who mocked them were enveloped by that which they used to ridicule.

Transliteration

Ayah 10

Walaqadi istuhzia birusulin min qablika fahaqa biallatheena sakhiroo minhum ma kanoo bihi yastahzioona

Word-by-word

Ayah 10

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَلَقَدِ Walaqadi And indeed
2 اسْتُهْزِئَ istuhzia were mocked ه ز أ
3 بِرُسُلٍ birusulin Messengers ر س ل
4 مِّن min from
5 قَبْلِكَ qablika before you ق ب ل
6 فَحَاقَ fahaqa but surrounded ح ي ق
7 بِالَّذِينَ biallatheena those who
8 سَخِرُواْ sakhiroo scoffed س خ ر
9 مِنْهُم minhum of them
10 مَّا ma what
11 كَانُواْ kanoo they used to ك و ن
12 بِهِۦ bihi [at it]
13 يَسْتَهْزِءُونَ yastahzioona mock ه ز أ

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 11

قُلْ سِيرُوا۟ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ ثُمَّ ٱنظُرُوا۟ كَيْفَ كَانَ عَٰقِبَةُ ٱلْمُكَذِّبِينَ.(11)

Say, "Travel through the land; then observe how was the end of the deniers." [Al-Anaam: 11]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 11

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Say, "Travel through the land; then observe how was the end of the deniers."

Transliteration

Ayah 11

Qul seeroo fee alardi thumma onthuroo kayfa kana AAaqibatu almukaththibeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 11

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قُلْ Qul Say ق و ل
2 سِيرُواْ seeroo Travel س ي ر
3 فِى fee in
4 الْأَرْضِ alardi the earth أ ر ض
5 ثُمَّ thumma and
6 انظُرُواْ onthuroo see ن ظ ر
7 كَيْفَ kayfa how? ك ي ف
8 كَانَ kana was ك و ن
9 عَاقِبَةُ AAaqibatu (the) end ع ق ب
10 الْمُكَذِّبِينَ almukaththibeena (of) the rejecters ك ذ ب

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 12

قُل لِّمَن مَّا فِى ٱلسَّمَٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ ۖ قُل لِّلَّهِ ۚ كَتَبَ عَلَىٰ نَفْسِهِ ٱلرَّحْمَةَ ۚ لَيَجْمَعَنَّكُمْ إِلَىٰ يَوْمِ ٱلْقِيَٰمَةِ لَا رَيْبَ فِيهِ ۚ ٱلَّذِينَ خَسِرُوٓا۟ أَنفُسَهُمْ فَهُمْ لَا يُؤْمِنُونَ.(12)

Say, "To whom belongs whatever is in the heavens and earth?" Say, "To Allāh." He has decreed upon Himself mercy. He will surely assemble you for the Day of Resurrection, about which there is no doubt. Those who will lose themselves [that Day] do not believe. [Al-Anaam: 12]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 12

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Say, "To whom belongs whatever is in the heavens and earth?" Say, "To Allāh." He has decreed upon Himself mercy. He will surely assemble you for the Day of Resurrection, about which there is no doubt. Those who will lose themselves [that Day] do not believe.

Transliteration

Ayah 12

Qul liman ma fee alssamawati waalardi qul lillahi kataba AAala nafsihi alrrahmata layajmaAAannakum ila yawmi alqiyamati la rayba feehi allatheena khasiroo anfusahum fahum la yuminoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 12

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قُل Qul Say ق و ل
2 لِّمَن liman To whom (belongs)?
3 مَّا ma what
4 فِى fee (is) in
5 السَّمَاوَاتِ alssamawati the heavens س م و
6 وَالْأَرْضِ waalardi and the earth أ ر ض
7 قُل qul Say ق و ل
8 لِّلّٰهِ lillahi To Allah أ ل ه
9 كَتَبَ kataba He has decreed ك ت ب
10 عَلَىٰ AAala upon
11 نَفْسِهِ nafsihi Himself ن ف س
12 الرَّحْمَةَ alrrahmata the Mercy ر ح م
13 لَيَجْمَعَنَّكُمْ layajmaAAannakum Surely He will assemble you ج م ع
14 إِلَىٰ ila on
15 يَوْمِ yawmi (the) Day ي و م
16 الْقِيَامَةِ alqiyamati (of) the Resurrection ق و م
17 لَا la (there is) no
18 رَيْبَ rayba doubt ر ي ب
19 فِيهِ feehi about it
20 الَّذِينَ allatheena Those who
21 خَسِرُواْ khasiroo have lost خ س ر
22 أَنفُسَهُمْ anfusahum themselves ن ف س
23 فَهُمْ fahum then they
24 لَا la (do) not
25 يُؤْمِنُونَ yuminoona believe أ م ن

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 13

وَلَهُۥ مَا سَكَنَ فِى ٱلَّيْلِ وَٱلنَّهَارِ ۚ وَهُوَ ٱلسَّمِيعُ ٱلْعَلِيمُ.(13)

And to Him belongs that which reposes by night and by day, and He is the Hearing, the Knowing. [Al-Anaam: 13]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 13

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And to Him belongs that which reposes by night and by day, and He is the Hearing, the Knowing.

Transliteration

Ayah 13

Walahu ma sakana fee allayli waalnnahari wahuwa alssameeAAu alAAaleemu

Word-by-word

Ayah 13

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَلَهُۥ Walahu And for Him
2 مَا ma (is) whatever
3 سَكَنَ sakana dwells س ك ن
4 فِى fee in
5 الَّيْلِ allayli the night ل ي ل
6 وَالنَّهَارِ waalnnahari and the day ن ه ر
7 وَهُوَ wahuwa and He
8 السَّمِيعُ alssameeAAu (is) All-Hearing س م ع
9 الْعَلِيمُ alAAaleemu All-Knowing ع ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 14

قُلْ أَغَيْرَ ٱللَّهِ أَتَّخِذُ وَلِيًّا فَاطِرِ ٱلسَّمَٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ وَهُوَ يُطْعِمُ وَلَا يُطْعَمُ ۗ قُلْ إِنِّىٓ أُمِرْتُ أَنْ أَكُونَ أَوَّلَ مَنْ أَسْلَمَ ۖ وَلَا تَكُونَنَّ مِنَ ٱلْمُشْرِكِينَ.(14)

Say, "Is it other than Allāh I should take as a protector, Creator of the heavens and earth, while it is He who feeds and is not fed?" Say, [O Muḥammad], "Indeed, I have been commanded to be the first [among you] who submit [to Allāh] and [was commanded], 'Do not ever be of the polytheists." [Al-Anaam: 14]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 14

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Say, "Is it other than Allāh I should take as a protector, Creator of the heavens and earth, while it is He who feeds and is not fed?" Say, [O Muḥammad], "Indeed, I have been commanded to be the first [among you] who submit [to Allāh] and [was commanded], 'Do not ever be of the polytheists."

Transliteration

Ayah 14

Qul aghayra Allahi attakhithu waliyyan fatiri alssamawati waalardi wahuwa yutAAimu wala yutAAamu qul innee omirtu an akoona awwala man aslama wala takoonanna mina almushrikeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 14

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قُلْ Qul Say ق و ل
2 أَغَيْرَ aghayra Is it other than? غ ي ر
3 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
4 أَتَّخِذُ attakhithu I (should) take أ خ ذ
5 وَلِيًّا waliyyan (as) a protector و ل ي
6 فَاطِرِ fatiri Creator ف ط ر
7 السَّمَاوَاتِ alssamawati (of) the heavens س م و
8 وَالْأَرْضِ waalardi and the earth أ ر ض
9 وَهُوَ wahuwa while (it is) He
10 يُطْعِمُ yutAAimu Who feeds ط ع م
11 وَلَا wala and not
12 يُطْعَمُ yutAAamu He is fed ط ع م
13 قُلْ qul Say ق و ل
14 إِنِّىٓ innee Indeed I
15 أُمِرْتُ omirtu [I] am commanded أ م ر
16 أَنْ an that
17 أَكُونَ akoona I be ك و ن
18 أَوَّلَ awwala (the) first أ و ل
19 مَنْ man who
20 أَسْلَمَ aslama submits (to Allah) س ل م
21 وَلَا wala and not
22 تَكُونَنَّ takoonanna be ك و ن
23 مِنَ mina of
24 الْمُشْرِكَينَ almushrikeena the polytheists ش ر ك

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 15

قُلْ إِنِّىٓ أَخَافُ إِنْ عَصَيْتُ رَبِّيْ عَذَابَ يَوْمٍ عَظِيمٍۢ.(15)

Say, "Indeed I fear, if I should disobey my Lord, the punishment of a tremendous Day." [Al-Anaam: 15]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 15

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Say, "Indeed I fear, if I should disobey my Lord, the punishment of a tremendous Day."

Transliteration

Ayah 15

Qul innee akhafu in AAasaytu rabbee AAathaba yawmin AAatheemin

Word-by-word

Ayah 15

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قُلْ Qul Say ق و ل
2 إِنِّىٓ innee Indeed I
3 أَخَافُ akhafu [I] fear خ و ف
4 إِنْ in if
5 عَصَيْتُ AAasaytu I disobeyed ع ص ي
6 رَبِّى rabbee my Lord ر ب ب
7 عَذَابَ AAathaba punishment ع ذ ب
8 يَوْمٍ yawmin (of) a Day ي و م
9 عَظِيمٍ AAatheemin Mighty ع ظ م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 16

مَّن يُصْرَفْ عَنْهُ يَوْمَئِذٍۢ فَقَدْ رَحِمَهُۥ ۚ وَذَٰلِكَ ٱلْفَوْزُ ٱلْمُبِينُ.(16)

He from whom it is averted that Day - [Allāh] has granted him mercy. And that is the clear attainment. [Al-Anaam: 16]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 16

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

He from whom it is averted that Day - [Allāh] has granted him mercy. And that is the clear attainment.

Transliteration

Ayah 16

Man yusraf AAanhu yawmaithin faqad rahimahu wathalika alfawzu almubeenu

Word-by-word

Ayah 16

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 مَّن Man Whoever
2 يُصْرَفْ yusraf is averted ص ر ف
3 عَنْهُ AAanhu from it
4 يَوْمَئِذٍ yawmaithin that Day
5 فَقَدْ faqad then surely
6 رَحِمَهُۥ rahimahu He had Mercy on him ر ح م
7 وَذَٰلِكَ wathalika And that
8 الْفَوْزُ alfawzu (is) the success ف و ز
9 الْمُبِينُ almubeenu (the) clear ب ي ن

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 17

وَإِن يَمْسَسْكَ ٱللَّهُ بِضُرٍّۢ فَلَا كَاشِفَ لَهُۥٓ إِلَّا هُوَ ۖ وَإِن يَمْسَسْكَ بِخَيْرٍۢ فَهُوَ عَلَىٰ كُلِّ شَيْءٍۢ قَدِيرٌۭ.(17)

And if Allāh should touch you with adversity, there is no remover of it except Him. And if He touches you with good - then He is over all things competent. [Al-Anaam: 17]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 17

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And if Allāh should touch you with adversity, there is no remover of it except Him. And if He touches you with good - then He is over all things competent.

Transliteration

Ayah 17

Wain yamsaska Allahu bidurrin fala kashifa lahu illa huwa wain yamsaska bikhayrin fahuwa AAala kulli shayin qadeerun

Word-by-word

Ayah 17

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَإِن Wain And if
2 يَمْسَسْكَ yamsaska touches you م س س
3 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
4 بِضُرٍّ bidurrin with affliction ض ر ر
5 فَلَا fala then no
6 كَاشِفَ kashifa remover ك ش ف
7 لَهُۥٓ lahu of it
8 إِلَّا illa except
9 هُوَ huwa Him
10 وَإِن wain And if
11 يَمْسَسْكَ yamsaska He touches you م س س
12 بِخَيْرٍ bikhayrin with good خ ي ر
13 فَهُوَ fahuwa then He
14 عَلَىٰ AAala (is) on
15 كُلِّ kulli every ك ل ل
16 شَىْءٍ shayin thing ش ي أ
17 قَدُيرٌ qadeerun All-Powerful ق د ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 18

وَهُوَ ٱلْقَاهِرُ فَوْقَ عِبَادِهِۦ ۚ وَهُوَ ٱلْحَكِيمُ ٱلْخَبِيرُ.(18)

And He is the subjugator over His servants. And He is the Wise,1 the Aware.2 [Al-Anaam: 18]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 18

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And He is the subjugator over His servants. And He is the Wise,1 the Aware.2

Transliteration

Ayah 18

Wahuwa alqahiru fawqa AAibadihi wahuwa alhakeemu alkhabeeru

Word-by-word

Ayah 18

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَهُوَ Wahuwa And He
2 الْقَاهِرُ alqahiru (is) the Subjugator ق ه ر
3 فَوْقَ fawqa over ف و ق
4 عِبَادِهِۦ AAibadihi His slaves ع ب د
5 وَهُوَ wahuwa And He
6 الْحَكِيمُ alhakeemu (is) the All-Wise ح ك م
7 الْخَبِيرُ alkhabeeru the All-Aware خ ب ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 19

قُلْ أَىُّ شَىْءٍ أَكْبَرُ شَهَٰدَةًۭ ۖ قُلِ ٱللَّهُ ۖ شَهِيدٌۢ بَيْنِيْ وَبَيْنَكُمْ ۚ وَأُوحِىَ إِلَىَّ هَٰذَا ٱلْقُرْءَانُ لِأُنذِرَكُم بِهِۦ وَمَنۢ بَلَغَ ۚ أَئِنَّكُمْ لَتَشْهَدُونَ أَنَّ مَعَ ٱللَّهِ ءَالِهَةً أُخْرَىٰ ۚ قُل لَّآ أَشْهَدُ ۚ قُلْ إِنَّمَا هُوَ إِلَٰهٌۭ وَٰحِدٌۭ وَإِنَّنِيْ بَرِيْٓءٌۭ مِّمَّا تُشْرِكُونَ.(19)

Say, "What thing is greatest in testimony?" Say, "Allāh is witness between me and you. And this Qur’ān was revealed to me that I may warn you thereby and whomever it reaches.1 Do you [truly] testify that with Allāh there are other deities?" Say, "I will not testify [with you]." Say, "Indeed, He is but one God, and indeed, I am free of what you associate [with Him]." [Al-Anaam: 19]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 19

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Say, "What thing is greatest in testimony?" Say, "Allāh is witness between me and you. And this Qur’ān was revealed to me that I may warn you thereby and whomever it reaches.1 Do you [truly] testify that with Allāh there are other deities?" Say, "I will not testify [with you]." Say, "Indeed, He is but one God, and indeed, I am free of what you associate [with Him]."

Transliteration

Ayah 19

Qul ayyu shayin akbaru shahadatan quli Allahu shaheedun baynee wabaynakum waoohiya ilayya hatha alquranu lionthirakum bihi waman balagha ainnakum latashhadoona anna maAAa Allahi alihatan okhra qul la ashhadu qul innama huwa ilahun wahidun wainnanee bareeon mimma tushrikoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 19

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قُلْ Qul Say ق و ل
2 أَىُّ ayyu What?
3 شَىْءٍ shayin thing ش ي أ
4 أَكْبَرُ akbaru (is) greatest ك ب ر
5 شَهَادةً shahadatan (as) a testimony ش ه د
6 قُلِ quli Say ق و ل
7 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
8 شَهِيدٌ shaheedun (is) Witness ش ه د
9 بَيْنِى baynee between me ب ي ن
10 وَبَيْنَكُمْ wabaynakum and between you ب ي ن
11 وَأُوحِىَ waoohiya and has been revealed و ح ي
12 إِلَىَّ ilayya to me
13 هَٰذَا hatha this
14 الْقُرْاٰنُ alquranu [the] Quran ق ر أ
15 لِأُنذِرَكُم lionthirakum that I may warn you ن ذ ر
16 بِهِۦ bihi with it
17 وَمَن waman and whoever
18 بَلَغَ balagha it reaches ب ل غ
19 أَئِنَّكُمْ ainnakum Do you truly?
20 لَتَشْهَدُونَ latashhadoona testify ش ه د
21 أَنَّ anna that
22 مَعَ maAAa with
23 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
24 اٰلِهَةً alihatan (there are) gods أ ل ه
25 أُخْرَىٰ okhra other أ خ ر
26 قُل qul Say ق و ل
27 لَّآ la Not
28 أَشْهَدُ ashhadu (do) I testify ش ه د
29 قُلْ qul Say ق و ل
30 إِنَّمَا innama Only
31 هُوَ huwa He
32 إِلَٰهٌ ilahun (is) God أ ل ه
33 وَاحِدٌ wahidun One و ح د
34 وَإِنَّنِى wainnanee and indeed I am
35 بَرِيءٌ bareeon free ب ر أ
36 مِّمَّا mimma of what
37 تُشْرِكُونَ tushrikoona you associate (with Him) ش ر ك

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 20

ٱلَّذِينَ ءَاتَيْنَٰهُمُ ٱلْكِتَٰبَ يَعْرِفُونَهُۥ كَمَا يَعْرِفُونَ أَبْنَآءَهُمُ ۘ ٱلَّذِينَ خَسِرُوٓا۟ أَنفُسَهُمْ فَهُمْ لَا يُؤْمِنُونَ.(20)

Those to whom We have given the Scripture recognize it1 as they recognize their [own] sons. Those who will lose themselves [in the Hereafter] do not believe. [Al-Anaam: 20]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 20

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Those to whom We have given the Scripture recognize it1 as they recognize their [own] sons. Those who will lose themselves [in the Hereafter] do not believe.

Transliteration

Ayah 20

Allatheena ataynahumu alkitaba yaAArifoonahu kama yaAArifoona abnaahum allatheena khasiroo anfusahum fahum la yuminoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 20

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 الَّذِينَ Allatheena Those (to) whom
2 اٰتَيْنَاهُمُ ataynahumu We have given them أ ت ي
3 الْكِتَابَ alkitaba the Book ك ت ب
4 يَعْرِفُونَهُۥ yaAArifoonahu they recognize him ع ر ف
5 كَمَا kama as
6 يَعْرِفُونَ yaAArifoona they recognize ع ر ف
7 أَبْنَآءَهُمُ abnaahum their sons ب ن ي
8 الَّذِينَ allatheena Those who
9 خَسِرُواْ khasiroo lost خ س ر
10 أَنفُسَهُمْ anfusahum themselves ن ف س
11 فَهُمْ fahum then they
12 لَا la (do) not
13 يُؤْمِنُونَ yuminoona believe أ م ن

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 21

وَمَنْ أَظْلَمُ مِمَّنِ ٱفْتَرَىٰ عَلَى ٱللَّهِ كَذِبًا أَوْ كَذَّبَ بِـَٔايَٰتِهِۦٓ ۗ إِنَّهُۥ لَا يُفْلِحُ ٱلظَّٰلِمُونَ.(21)

And who is more unjust than one who invents about Allāh a lie or denies His verses? Indeed, the wrongdoers will not succeed. [Al-Anaam: 21]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 21

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And who is more unjust than one who invents about Allāh a lie or denies His verses? Indeed, the wrongdoers will not succeed.

Transliteration

Ayah 21

Waman athlamu mimmani iftara AAala Allahi kathiban aw kaththaba biayatihi innahu la yuflihu alththalimoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 21

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَمَنْ Waman And who?
2 أَظْلَمُ athlamu (is) more unjust ظ ل م
3 مِمَّنِ mimmani than (he) who
4 افْتَرَىٰ iftara invents ف ر ي
5 عَلَى AAala against
6 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
7 كَذِبًا kathiban a lie ك ذ ب
8 أَوْ aw or
9 كَذَّبَ kaththaba rejects ك ذ ب
10 بِاٰيَاتِهِۦ biayatihi His Signs أ ي ي
11 إِنَّهُۥ innahu Indeed
12 لَا la not
13 يُفْلِحُ yuflihu will be successful ف ل ح
14 الظَّالِمُونَ alththalimoona the wrongdoers ظ ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 22

وَيَوْمَ نَحْشُرُهُمْ جَمِيعًۭا ثُمَّ نَقُولُ لِلَّذِينَ أَشْرَكُوٓا۟ أَيْنَ شُرَكَآؤُكُمُ ٱلَّذِينَ كُنتُمْ تَزْعُمُونَ.(22)

And [mention, O Muḥammad], the Day We will gather them all together; then We will say to those who associated others with Allāh, "Where are your 'partners' that you used to claim [with Him]?" [Al-Anaam: 22]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 22

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And [mention, O Muḥammad], the Day We will gather them all together; then We will say to those who associated others with Allāh, "Where are your 'partners' that you used to claim [with Him]?"

Transliteration

Ayah 22

Wayawma nahshuruhum jameeAAan thumma naqoolu lillatheena ashrakoo ayna shurakaokumu allatheena kuntum tazAAumoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 22

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَيَوْمَ Wayawma And (the) Day ي و م
2 نَحْشُرُهُمْ nahshuruhum We will gather them ح ش ر
3 جَمِيعًا jameeAAan all ج م ع
4 ثُمَّ thumma then
5 نَقُولُ naqoolu We will say ق و ل
6 لِلَّذِينَ lillatheena to those who
7 أَشْرَكُواْ ashrakoo associated others with Allah ش ر ك
8 أَيْنَ ayna Where (are)?
9 شُرَكَآؤُكُمُ shurakaokumu your partners ش ر ك
10 الَّذِينَ allatheena those whom
11 كُنتُمْ kuntum you used to ك و ن
12 تَزْعُمُونَ tazAAumoona claim ز ع م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 23

ثُمَّ لَمْ تَكُن فِتْنَتُهُمْ إِلَّآ أَن قَالُوا۟ وَٱللَّهِ رَبِّنَا مَا كُنَّا مُشْرِكِينَ.(23)

Then there will be no [excuse upon] examination except they will say, "By Allāh, our Lord, we were not those who associated." [Al-Anaam: 23]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 23

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Then there will be no [excuse upon] examination except they will say, "By Allāh, our Lord, we were not those who associated."

Transliteration

Ayah 23

Thumma lam takun fitnatuhum illa an qaloo waAllahi rabbina ma kunna mushrikeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 23

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 ثُمَّ Thumma Then
2 لَمْ lam not
3 تَكُن takun will be ك و ن
4 فِتْنَتُهُمْ fitnatuhum (for) them a plea ف ت ن
5 إِلَّآ illa except
6 أَن an that
7 قَالُواْ qaloo they say ق و ل
8 وَاللهِ waAllahi By Allah أ ل ه
9 رَبِّنَا rabbina our Lord ر ب ب
10 مَا ma not
11 كُنَّا kunna we were ك و ن
12 مُشْرِكِينَ mushrikeena those who associated others (with Allah) ش ر ك

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 24

ٱنظُرْ كَيْفَ كَذَبُوا۟ عَلَىٰٓ أَنفُسِهِمْ ۚ وَضَلَّ عَنْهُم مَّا كَانُوا۟ يَفْتَرُونَ.(24)

See how they will lie about themselves. And lost from them will be what they used to invent. [Al-Anaam: 24]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 24

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

See how they will lie about themselves. And lost from them will be what they used to invent.

Transliteration

Ayah 24

Onthur kayfa kathaboo AAala anfusihim wadalla AAanhum ma kanoo yaftaroona

Word-by-word

Ayah 24

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 انظُرْ Onthur Look ن ظ ر
2 كَيْفَ kayfa how? ك ي ف
3 كَذَبُواْ kathaboo they lied ك ذ ب
4 عَلَىٰٓ AAala against
5 أَنفُسِهِمْ anfusihim themselves ن ف س
6 وَضَلَّ wadalla And lost ض ل ل
7 عَنْهُم AAanhum from them
8 مَّا ma what
9 كَانُواْ kanoo they used to ك و ن
10 يَفْتَرُونَ yaftaroona invent ف ر ي

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 25

وَمِنْهُم مَّن يَسْتَمِعُ إِلَيْكَ ۖ وَجَعَلْنَا عَلَىٰ قُلُوبِهِمْ أَكِنَّةً أَن يَفْقَهُوهُ وَفِىٓ ءَاذَانِهِمْ وَقْرًۭا ۚ وَإِن يَرَوْا۟ كُلَّ ءَايَةٍۢ لَّا يُؤْمِنُوا۟ بِهَا ۚ حَتَّىٰٓ إِذَا جَآءُوكَ يُجَٰدِلُونَكَ يَقُولُ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوٓا۟ إِنْ هَٰذَآ إِلَّآ أَسَٰطِيرُ ٱلْأَوَّلِينَ.(25)

And among them are those who listen to you,1 but We have placed over their hearts coverings, lest they understand it, and in their ears deafness. And if they should see every sign, they will not believe in it. Even when they come to you arguing with you, those who disbelieve say, "This is not but legends of the former peoples." [Al-Anaam: 25]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 25

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And among them are those who listen to you,1 but We have placed over their hearts coverings, lest they understand it, and in their ears deafness. And if they should see every sign, they will not believe in it. Even when they come to you arguing with you, those who disbelieve say, "This is not but legends of the former peoples."

Transliteration

Ayah 25

Waminhum man yastamiAAu ilayka wajaAAalna AAala quloobihim akinnatan an yafqahoohu wafee athanihim waqran wain yaraw kulla ayatin la yuminoo biha hatta itha jaooka yujadiloonaka yaqoolu allatheena kafaroo in hatha illa asateeru alawwaleena

Word-by-word

Ayah 25

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَمِنْهُم Waminhum And among them
2 مَّن man (are those) who
3 يَسْتَمِعُ yastamiAAu listen س م ع
4 إِلَيْكَ ilayka to you
5 وَجَعَلْنَا wajaAAalna but We have placed ج ع ل
6 عَلَىٰ AAala over
7 قُلُوبِهِمْ quloobihim their hearts ق ل ب
8 أَكِنَّةً akinnatan coverings ك ن ن
9 أَن an lest
10 يَفْقَهُوهُ yafqahoohu they understand it ف ق ه
11 وَفِىٓ wafee and in
12 اٰذَانِهِمْ athanihim their ears أ ذ ن
13 وَقْرًا waqran deafness و ق ر
14 وَإِن wain And if
15 يَرَوْاْ yaraw they see ر أ ي
16 كُلَّ kulla every ك ل ل
17 اٰيَةٍ ayatin sign أ ي ي
18 لَّا la not
19 يُؤْمِنُواْ yuminoo will they believe أ م ن
20 بِهَا biha in it
21 حَتَّىٰٓ hatta Until
22 إِذَا itha when
23 جَآءُوكَ jaooka they come to you ج ي أ
24 يُجَٰدِلُونَكَ yujadiloonaka and argue with you ج د ل
25 يَقُولُ yaqoolu say ق و ل
26 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
27 كَفَرُوٓا kafaroo disbelieved ك ف ر
28 إِنْ in Not
29 هَٰذَآ hatha (is) this
30 إِلَّآ illa but
31 أَسَاطِيرُ asateeru (the) tales س ط ر
32 الْأَوَّلِينَ alawwaleena (of) the former (people) أ و ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 26

وَهُمْ يَنْهَوْنَ عَنْهُ وَيَنْـَٔوْنَ عَنْهُ ۖ وَإِن يُهْلِكُونَ إِلَّآ أَنفُسَهُمْ وَمَا يَشْعُرُونَ.(26)

And they prevent [others] from him and are [themselves] remote from him. And they do not destroy except themselves, but they perceive [it] not. [Al-Anaam: 26]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 26

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And they prevent [others] from him and are [themselves] remote from him. And they do not destroy except themselves, but they perceive [it] not.

Transliteration

Ayah 26

Wahum yanhawna AAanhu wayanawna AAanhu wain yuhlikoona illa anfusahum wama yashAAuroona

Word-by-word

Ayah 26

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَهُمْ Wahum And they
2 يَنْهَوْنَ yanhawna forbid (others) ن ه ي
3 عَنْهُ AAanhu from it
4 وَيَنْـَٔوْنَ wayanawna and they keep away ن أ ي
5 عَنْهُ AAanhu from it
6 وَإِن wain And not
7 يُهْلِكُونَ yuhlikoona they destroy ه ل ك
8 إِلَّآ illa except
9 أَنفُسَهُمْ anfusahum themselves ن ف س
10 وَمَا wama and not
11 يَشْعُرُونَ yashAAuroona they perceive ش ع ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 27

وَلَوْ تَرَىٰٓ إِذْ وُقِفُوا۟ عَلَى ٱلنَّارِ فَقَالُوا۟ يَٰلَيْتَنَا نُرَدُّ وَلَا نُكَذِّبَ بِـَٔايَٰتِ رَبِّنَا وَنَكُونَ مِنَ ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَ.(27)

If you could but see when they are made to stand before the Fire and will say, "Oh, would that we could be returned [to life on earth] and not deny the signs of our Lord and be among the believers." [Al-Anaam: 27]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 27

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

If you could but see when they are made to stand before the Fire and will say, "Oh, would that we could be returned [to life on earth] and not deny the signs of our Lord and be among the believers."

Transliteration

Ayah 27

Walaw tara ith wuqifoo AAala alnnari faqaloo ya laytana nuraddu wala nukaththiba biayati rabbina wanakoona mina almumineena

Word-by-word

Ayah 27

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَلَوْ Walaw And if
2 تَرَىَ tara you (could) see ر أ ي
3 إِذْ ith when
4 وُقِفُواْ wuqifoo they are made to stand و ق ف
5 عَلَى AAala by
6 النَّارِ alnnari the Fire ن و ر
7 فَقَالُواْ faqaloo then they (will) say ق و ل
8 يَالَيْتَنَآ yalaytana Oh! Would that we
9 نُرَدُّ nuraddu were sent back ر د د
10 وَلَا wala and not
11 نُكَذِّبَ nukaththiba we would deny ك ذ ب
12 بِاٰيَاتِ biayati (the) Signs أ ي ي
13 رَبِّنَا rabbina (of) our Lord ر ب ب
14 وَنَكُونَ wanakoona and we would be ك و ن
15 مِنَ mina among
16 الْمُؤْمِنِينَ almumineena the believers أ م ن

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 28

بَلْ بَدَا لَهُم مَّا كَانُوا۟ يُخْفُونَ مِن قَبْلُ ۖ وَلَوْ رُدُّوا۟ لَعَادُوا۟ لِمَا نُهُوا۟ عَنْهُ وَإِنَّهُمْ لَكَٰذِبُونَ.(28)

But what they concealed before has [now] appeared to them. And even if they were returned, they would return to that which they were forbidden; and indeed, they are liars. [Al-Anaam: 28]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 28

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

But what they concealed before has [now] appeared to them. And even if they were returned, they would return to that which they were forbidden; and indeed, they are liars.

Transliteration

Ayah 28

Bal bada lahum ma kanoo yukhfoona min qablu walaw ruddoo laAAadoo lima nuhoo AAanhu wainnahum lakathiboona

Word-by-word

Ayah 28

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 بَلْ Bal Nay
2 بَدَا bada became manifest ب د و
3 لَهُم lahum for them
4 مَّا ma what
5 كَانُواْ kanoo they used to ك و ن
6 يُخْفُونَ yukhfoona conceal خ ف ي
7 مِن min from
8 قَبْلُ qablu before ق ب ل
9 وَلَوْ walaw And if
10 رُدُّواْ ruddoo they were sent back ر د د
11 لَعَادُواْ laAAadoo certainly they (would) return ع و د
12 لِمَا lima to what
13 نُهُواْ nuhoo they were forbidden ن ه ي
14 عَنْهُ AAanhu from it
15 وَإِنَّهُمْ wainnahum and indeed they
16 لَكَاذِبُونَ lakathiboona certainly are liars ك ذ ب

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 29

وَقَالُوٓا۟ إِنْ هِىَ إِلَّا حَيَاتُنَا ٱلدُّنْيَا وَمَا نَحْنُ بِمَبْعُوثِينَ.(29)

And they say, "There is none but our worldly life, and we will not be resurrected." [Al-Anaam: 29]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 29

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And they say, "There is none but our worldly life, and we will not be resurrected."

Transliteration

Ayah 29

Waqaloo in hiya illa hayatuna alddunya wama nahnu bimabAAootheena

Word-by-word

Ayah 29

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَقَالُواْ Waqaloo And they said ق و ل
2 إِنْ in Not
3 هِىَ hiya it (is)
4 إِلَّا illa except
5 حَيَاتُنَا hayatuna our life ح ي ي
6 الدُّنْيَا alddunya (of) the world د ن و
7 وَمَا wama and not
8 نَحْنُ nahnu we
9 بِمَبْعُوثِينَ bimabAAootheena (will be) resurrected ب ع ث

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 30

وَلَوْ تَرَىٰٓ إِذْ وُقِفُوا۟ عَلَىٰ رَبِّهِمْ ۚ قَالَ أَلَيْسَ هَٰذَا بِٱلْحَقِّ ۚ قَالُوا۟ بَلَىٰ وَرَبِّنَا ۚ قَالَ فَذُوقُوا۟ ٱلْعَذَابَ بِمَا كُنتُمْ تَكْفُرُونَ.(30)

If you could but see when they will be made to stand before their Lord. He will say, "Is this not the truth?" They will say, "Yes, by our Lord." He will [then] say, "So taste the punishment for what you used to deny." [Al-Anaam: 30]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 30

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

If you could but see when they will be made to stand before their Lord. He will say, "Is this not the truth?" They will say, "Yes, by our Lord." He will [then] say, "So taste the punishment for what you used to deny."

Transliteration

Ayah 30

Walaw tara ith wuqifoo AAala rabbihim qala alaysa hatha bialhaqqi qaloo bala warabbina qala fathooqoo alAAathaba bima kuntum takfuroona

Word-by-word

Ayah 30

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَلَوْ Walaw And if
2 تَرَى tara you (could) see ر أ ي
3 إِذْ ith when
4 وُقِفُواْ wuqifoo they will be made to stand و ق ف
5 عَلَىٰ AAala before
6 رَبِّهِمْ rabbihim their Lord ر ب ب
7 قَالَ qala He (will) say ق و ل
8 أَلَيْسَ alaysa Is not? ل ي س
9 هَٰذَا hatha this
10 بِالْحَقِّ bialhaqqi the truth ح ق ق
11 قَالُواْ qaloo They will say ق و ل
12 بَلَىٰ bala Yes
13 وَرَبِّنَا warabbina by our Lord ر ب ب
14 قَالَ qala He (will) say ق و ل
15 فَذُوقُواْ fathooqoo So taste ذ و ق
16 الْعَذَابَ alAAathaba the punishment ع ذ ب
17 بِمَا bima because
18 كُنتُمْ kuntum you used to ك و ن
19 تَكْفُرُونَ takfuroona disbelieve ك ف ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 31

قَدْ خَسِرَ ٱلَّذِينَ كَذَّبُوا۟ بِلِقَآءِ ٱللَّهِ ۖ حَتَّىٰٓ إِذَا جَآءَتْهُمُ ٱلسَّاعَةُ بَغْتَةًۭ قَالُوا۟ يَٰحَسْرَتَنَا عَلَىٰ مَا فَرَّطْنَا فِيهَا وَهُمْ يَحْمِلُونَ أَوْزَارَهُمْ عَلَىٰ ظُهُورِهِمْ ۚ أَلَا سَآءَ مَا يَزِرُونَ.(31)

Those will have lost who deny the meeting with Allāh, until when the Hour [of resurrection] comes upon them unexpectedly, they will say, "Oh, [how great is] our regret over what we neglected concerning it [i.e., the Hour]," while they bear their burdens [i.e., sins] on their backs. Unquestionably, evil is that which they bear. [Al-Anaam: 31]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 31

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Those will have lost who deny the meeting with Allāh, until when the Hour [of resurrection] comes upon them unexpectedly, they will say, "Oh, [how great is] our regret over what we neglected concerning it [i.e., the Hour]," while they bear their burdens [i.e., sins] on their backs. Unquestionably, evil is that which they bear.

Transliteration

Ayah 31

Qad khasira allatheena kaththaboo biliqai Allahi hatta itha jaathumu alssaAAatu baghtatan qaloo ya hasratana AAala ma farratna feeha wahum yahmiloona awzarahum AAala thuhoorihim ala saa ma yaziroona

Word-by-word

Ayah 31

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قَدْ Qad Indeed
2 خَسِرَ khasira incurred loss خ س ر
3 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
4 كَذَّبُواْ kaththaboo denied ك ذ ب
5 بِلِقَآءِ biliqai in (the) meeting ل ق ي
6 اللهِ Allahi (with) Allah أ ل ه
7 حَتَّىٰٓ hatta until
8 إِذَا itha when
9 جَآءَتْهُمُ jaathumu came to them ج ي أ
10 السَّاعَةُ alssaAAatu the Hour س و ع
11 بَغْتَةً baghtatan suddenly ب غ ت
12 قَالُواْ qaloo they said ق و ل
13 يَاحَسْرَتَنَا yahasratana Oh! Our regret ح س ر
14 عَلَىٰ AAala over
15 مَا ma what
16 فَرَّطْنَا farratna we neglected ف ر ط
17 فِيهَا feeha concerning it
18 وَهُمْ wahum while they
19 يَحْمِلُونَ yahmiloona will bear ح م ل
20 أَوْزَارَهُمْ awzarahum their burdens و ز ر
21 عَلَىٰ AAala on
22 ظُهُورِهِمْ thuhoorihim their backs ظ ه ر
23 أَلَا ala Unquestionably!
24 سَآءَ saa Evil س و أ
25 مَا ma (is) what
26 يَزِرُونَ yaziroona they bear و ز ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 32

وَمَا ٱلْحَيَوٰةُ ٱلدُّنْيَآ إِلَّا لَعِبٌۭ وَلَهْوٌۭ ۖ وَلَلدَّارُ ٱلْآخِرَةُ خَيْرٌۭ لِّلَّذِينَ يَتَّقُونَ ۗ أَفَلَا تَعْقِلُونَ.(32)

And the worldly life is not but amusement and diversion; but the home of the Hereafter is best for those who fear Allāh, so will you not reason? [Al-Anaam: 32]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 32

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And the worldly life is not but amusement and diversion; but the home of the Hereafter is best for those who fear Allāh, so will you not reason?

Transliteration

Ayah 32

Wama alhayatu alddunya illa laAAibun walahwun walalddaru alakhirati khayrun lillatheena yattaqoona afala taAAqiloona

Word-by-word

Ayah 32

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَمَا Wama And not
2 الْحَيَاةُ alhayatu (is) the life ح ي ى
3 الدُّنْيَآ alddunya (of) the world د ن و
4 إِلَّا illa except
5 لَعِبٌ laAAibun a play ل ع ب
6 وَلَهْوٌ walahwun and amusement ل ه و
7 وَلَلدَّارُ walalddaru but the home د و ر
8 الاٰخِرَةُ alakhirati (of) the Hereafter أ خ ر
9 خَيْرٌ khayrun (is) best خ ي ر
10 لِّلَّذِينَ lillatheena for those who
11 يَتَّقُونَ yattaqoona (are) God conscious و ق ي
12 أَفَلَا afala Then not?
13 تَعْقِلُونَ taAAqiloona (will) you reason ع ق ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 33

قَدْ نَعْلَمُ إِنَّهُۥ لَيَحْزُنُكَ ٱلَّذِى يَقُولُونَ ۖ فَإِنَّهُمْ لَا يُكَذِّبُونَكَ وَلَٰكِنَّ ٱلظَّٰلِمِينَ بِـَٔايَٰتِ ٱللَّهِ يَجْحَدُونَ.(33)

We know that you, [O Muḥammad], are saddened by what they say. And indeed, they do not call you untruthful, but it is the verses of Allāh that the wrongdoers reject. [Al-Anaam: 33]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 33

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

We know that you, [O Muḥammad], are saddened by what they say. And indeed, they do not call you untruthful, but it is the verses of Allāh that the wrongdoers reject.

Transliteration

Ayah 33

Qad naAAlamu innahu layahzunuka allathee yaqooloona fainnahum la yukaththiboonaka walakinna alththalimeena biayati Allahi yajhadoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 33

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قَدْ Qad Indeed
2 نَعْلَمُ naAAlamu We know ع ل م
3 إِنَّهُۥ innahu that it
4 لَيَحْزُنُكَ layahzunuka grieves you ح ز ن
5 الَّذِى allathee what
6 يَقُولُونَ yaqooloona they say ق و ل
7 فَإِنَّهُمْ fainnahum And indeed they
8 لَا la (do) not
9 يُكَذِّبُونَكَ yukaththiboonaka deny you ك ذ ب
10 وَلَٰكِنَّ walakinna but
11 الظَّالِمِينَ alththalimeena the wrongdoers ظ ل م
12 بِاٰيَاتِ biayati the Verses أ ي ي
13 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
14 يَجْحَدُونَ yajhadoona they reject ج ح د

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 34

وَلَقَدْ كُذِّبَتْ رُسُلٌۭ مِّن قَبْلِكَ فَصَبَرُوا۟ عَلَىٰ مَا كُذِّبُوا۟ وَأُوذُوا۟ حَتَّىٰٓ أَتَىٰهُمْ نَصْرُنَا ۚ وَلَا مُبَدِّلَ لِكَلِمَٰتِ ٱللَّهِ ۚ وَلَقَدْ جَآءَكَ مِن نَّبَإِى۟ ٱلْمُرْسَلِينَ.(34)

And certainly were messengers denied before you, but they were patient over the denial, and they were harmed until Our victory came to them. And none can alter the words [i.e., decrees] of Allāh. And there has certainly come to you some information about the [previous] messengers. [Al-Anaam: 34]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 34

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And certainly were messengers denied before you, but they were patient over the denial, and they were harmed until Our victory came to them. And none can alter the words [i.e., decrees] of Allāh. And there has certainly come to you some information about the [previous] messengers.

Transliteration

Ayah 34

Walaqad kuththibat rusulun min qablika fasabaroo AAala ma kuththiboo waoothoo hatta atahum nasruna wala mubaddila likalimati Allahi walaqad jaaka min nabai almursaleena

Word-by-word

Ayah 34

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَلَقَدْ Walaqad And surely
2 كُذِّبَتْ kuththibat were rejected ك ذ ب
3 رُسُلٌ rusulun Messengers ر س ل
4 مِّن min from
5 قَبْلِكَ qablika before you ق ب ل
6 فَصَبَرُواْ fasabaroo but they were patient ص ب ر
7 عَلَىٰ AAala over
8 مَا ma what
9 كُذِّبُواْ kuththiboo they were rejected ك ذ ب
10 وَأُوذُواْ waoothoo and they were harmed أ ذ ي
11 حَتَّىٰٓ hatta until
12 أَتَاهُمْ atahum came to them أ ت ي
13 نَصْرُنَا nasruna Our help ن ص ر
14 وَلَا wala And no
15 مُبَدِّلَ mubaddila one (can) alter ب د ل
16 لِكَلِمَاتِ likalimati (the) words ك ل م
17 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
18 وَلَقَدْ walaqad and surely
19 جَآءَكَ jaaka has come to you ج ي أ
20 مِن min of
21 نَّبَإِى nabai (the) news ن ب أ
22 الْمُرْسَلِينَ almursaleena (of) the Messengers ر س ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 35

وَإِن كَانَ كَبُرَ عَلَيْكَ إِعْرَاضُهُمْ فَإِنِ ٱسْتَطَعْتَ أَن تَبْتَغِيَ نَفَقًۭا فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ أَوْ سُلَّمًۭا فِى ٱلسَّمَآءِ فَتَأْتِيَهُم بِـَٔايَةٍۢ ۚ وَلَوْ شَآءَ ٱللَّهُ لَجَمَعَهُمْ عَلَى ٱلْهُدَىٰ ۚ فَلَا تَكُونَنَّ مِنَ ٱلْجَٰهِلِينَ.(35)

And if their evasion is difficult for you, then if you are able to seek a tunnel into the earth or a stairway into the sky to bring them a sign, [then do so]. But if Allāh had willed, He would have united them upon guidance. So never be of the ignorant. [Al-Anaam: 35]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 35

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And if their evasion is difficult for you, then if you are able to seek a tunnel into the earth or a stairway into the sky to bring them a sign, [then do so]. But if Allāh had willed, He would have united them upon guidance. So never be of the ignorant.

Transliteration

Ayah 35

Wain kana kabura AAalayka iAAraduhum faini istataAAta an tabtaghiya nafaqan fee alardi aw sullaman fee alssamai fatatiyahum biayatin walaw shaa Allahu lajamaAAahum AAala alhuda fala takoonanna mina aljahileena

Word-by-word

Ayah 35

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَإِن Wain And if
2 كَانَ kana is ك و ن
3 كَبُرَ kabura difficult ك ب ر
4 عَلَيْكَ AAalayka for you
5 إِعْرَاضُهُمْ iAAraduhum their aversion ع ر ض
6 فَإِنِ faini then if
7 اسْتَطَعْتَ istataAAta you are able ط و ع
8 أَن an to
9 تَبْتَغِيَ tabtaghiya seek ب غ ي
10 نَفَقًا nafaqan a tunnel ن ف ق
11 فِى fee in
12 الْأَرْضِ alardi the earth أ ر ض
13 أَوْ aw or
14 سُلَّمًا sullaman a ladder س ل م
15 فِى fee into
16 السَّمَآءِ alssamai the sky س م و
17 فَتَأْتِيَهُم fatatiyahum so that you bring to them أ ت ي
18 بِاٰيَةٍ biayatin a Sign أ ي ي
19 وَلَوْ walaw But if
20 شَآءَ shaa (had) willed ش ي أ
21 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
22 لَجَمَعَهُمْ lajamaAAahum surely He (would) have gathered them ج م ع
23 عَلَى AAala on
24 الْهُدَىٰ alhuda the guidance ه د ي
25 فَلَا fala So (do) not
26 تَكُونَنَّ takoonanna be ك و ن
27 مِنَ mina of
28 الْجَاهِلِينَ aljahileena the ignorant ج ه ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 36

إِنَّمَا يَسْتَجِيبُ ٱلَّذِينَ يَسْمَعُونَ ۘ وَٱلْمَوْتَىٰ يَبْعَثُهُمُ ٱللَّهُ ثُمَّ إِلَيْهِ يُرْجَعُونَ.(36)

Only those who hear will respond. But the dead1 - Allāh will resurrect them; then to Him they will be returned. [Al-Anaam: 36]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 36

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Only those who hear will respond. But the dead1 - Allāh will resurrect them; then to Him they will be returned.

Transliteration

Ayah 36

Innama yastajeebu allatheena yasmaAAoona waalmawta yabAAathuhumu Allahu thumma ilayhi yurjaAAoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 36

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 إِنَّمَا Innama Only
2 يَسْتَجِيبُ yastajeebu respond ج و ب
3 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
4 يَسْمَعُونَ yasmaAAoona listen س م ع
5 وَالْمَوْتَىٰ waalmawta But the dead م و ت
6 يَبْعَثُهُمُ yabAAathuhumu will resurrect them ب ع ث
7 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
8 ثُمَّ thumma then
9 إِلَيْهِ ilayhi to Him
10 يُرْجَعُونَ yurjaAAoona they will be returned ر ج ع

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 37

وَقَالُوا۟ لَوْلَا نُزِّلَ عَلَيْهِ ءَايَةٌۭ مِّن رَّبِّهِۦ ۚ قُلْ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ قَادِرٌ عَلَىٰٓ أَن يُنَزِّلَ ءَايَةًۭ وَلَٰكِنَّ أَكْثَرَهُمْ لَا يَعْلَمُونَ.(37)

And they say, "Why has a sign not been sent down to him from his Lord?" Say, "Indeed, Allāh is Able to send down a sign, but most of them do not know." [Al-Anaam: 37]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 37

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And they say, "Why has a sign not been sent down to him from his Lord?" Say, "Indeed, Allāh is Able to send down a sign, but most of them do not know."

Transliteration

Ayah 37

Waqaloo lawla nuzzila AAalayhi ayatun min rabbihi qul inna Allaha qadirun AAala an yunazzila ayatan walakinna aktharahum la yaAAlamoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 37

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَقَالُواْ Waqaloo And they said ق و ل
2 لَوْلَا lawla Why (is) not
3 نُزِّلَ nuzzila sent down ن ز ل
4 عَلَيْهِ AAalayhi to him
5 اٰيَةٌ ayatun a Sign أ ي ي
6 مِّن min from
7 رَّبِّهِۦ rabbihi his Lord ر ب ب
8 قُلْ qul Say ق و ل
9 إِنَّ inna Indeed
10 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
11 قَادِرٌ qadirun (is) Able ق د ر
12 عَلَىٰٓ AAala [on]
13 أَن an to
14 يُنَزِّلَ yunazzila send down ن ز ل
15 اٰيَةً ayatan a Sign أ ي ي
16 وَلَٰكِنَّ walakinna but
17 أَكْثَرَهُمْ aktharahum most of them ك ث ر
18 لَا la (do) not
19 يَعْلَمُونَ yaAAlamoona know ع ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 38

وَمَا مِن دَآبَّةٍۢ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ وَلَا طَٰٓئِرٍۢ يَطِيرُ بِجَنَاحَيْهِ إِلَّآ أُمَمٌ أَمْثَالُكُم ۚ مَّا فَرَّطْنَا فِى ٱلْكِتَٰبِ مِن شَيْءٍۢ ۚ ثُمَّ إِلَىٰ رَبِّهِمْ يُحْشَرُونَ.(38)

And there is no creature on [or within] the earth or bird that flies with its wings except [that they are] communities like you. We have not neglected in the Register1 a thing. Then unto their Lord they will be gathered. [Al-Anaam: 38]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 38

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And there is no creature on [or within] the earth or bird that flies with its wings except [that they are] communities like you. We have not neglected in the Register1 a thing. Then unto their Lord they will be gathered.

Transliteration

Ayah 38

Wama min dabbatin fee alardi wala tairin yateeru bijanahayhi illa omamun amthalukum ma farratna fee alkitabi min shayin thumma ila rabbihim yuhsharoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 38

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَمَا Wama And not
2 مِن min [of]
3 دَآبَّةٍ dabbatin any animal د ب ب
4 فِى fee in
5 الْأَرْضِ alardi the earth أ ر ض
6 وَلَا wala and not
7 طَائِرٍ tairin a bird ط ي ر
8 يَطِيرُ yateeru (that) flies ط ي ر
9 بِجَنَاحَيْهِ bijanahayhi with its wings ج ن ح
10 إِلَّآ illa but
11 أُمَمٌ omamun (are) communities أ م م
12 أَمْثَالُكُم amthalukum like you م ث ل
13 مَّا ma Not
14 فَرَّطْنَا farratna We have neglected ف ر ط
15 فِى fee in
16 الكِتَابِ alkitabi the Book ك ت ب
17 مِن min [of]
18 شَىْءٍ shayin anything ش ي أ
19 ثُمَّ thumma then
20 إِلَىٰ ila to
21 رَبِّهِمْ rabbihim their Lord ر ب ب
22 يُحْشَرُونَ yuhsharoona they will be gathered ح ش ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 39

وَٱلَّذِينَ كَذَّبُوا۟ بِـَٔايَٰتِنَا صُمٌّ وَبُكْمٌۭ فِى ٱلظُّلُمَٰتِ ۗ مَن يَشَإِ ٱللَّهُ يُضْلِلْهُ وَمَن يَشَأْ يَجْعَلْهُ عَلَىٰ صِرَٰطٍۢ مُّسْتَقِيمٍۢ.(39)

But those who deny Our verses are deaf and dumb within darknesses. Whomever Allāh wills - He sends astray; and whomever He wills - He puts him on a straight path. [Al-Anaam: 39]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 39

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

But those who deny Our verses are deaf and dumb within darknesses. Whomever Allāh wills - He sends astray; and whomever He wills - He puts him on a straight path.

Transliteration

Ayah 39

Waallatheena kaththaboo biayatina summun wabukmun fee alththulumati man yashai Allahu yudlilhu waman yasha yajAAalhu AAala siratin mustaqeemin

Word-by-word

Ayah 39

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَالَّذِينَ Waallatheena And those who
2 كَذَّبُواْ kaththaboo rejected ك ذ ب
3 بِاٰيَاتِنَا biayatina Our Verses أ ي ي
4 صُمٌّ summun (are) deaf ص م م
5 وَبُكْمٌ wabukmun and dumb ب ك م
6 فِى fee in
7 الظُّلُمَاتِ alththulumati the darkness[es] ظ ل م
8 مَن man Whoever
9 يَشَإِ yashai wills ش ي أ
10 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
11 يُضْلِلْهُ yudlilhu He lets him go astray ض ل ل
12 وَمَن waman and whoever
13 يَشَأْ yasha He wills ش ي أ
14 يَجْعَلْهُ yajAAalhu He places him ج ع ل
15 عَلَىٰ AAala on
16 صِرَاطٍ siratin (the) way ص ر ط
17 مُّسْتَقِيمٍ mustaqeemin (the) straight ق و م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 40

قُلْ أَرَءَيْتَكُمْ إِنْ أَتَىٰكُمْ عَذَابُ ٱللَّهِ أَوْ أَتَتْكُمُ ٱلسَّاعَةُ أَغَيْرَ ٱللَّهِ تَدْعُونَ إِن كُنتُمْ صَٰدِقِينَ.(40)

Say, "Have you considered:1 if there came to you the punishment of Allāh or there came to you the Hour - is it other than Allāh you would invoke, if you should be truthful?" [Al-Anaam: 40]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 40

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Say, "Have you considered:1 if there came to you the punishment of Allāh or there came to you the Hour - is it other than Allāh you would invoke, if you should be truthful?"

Transliteration

Ayah 40

Qul araaytakum in atakum AAathabu Allahi aw atatkumu alssaAAatu aghayra Allahi tadAAoona in kuntum sadiqeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 40

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قُلْ Qul Say ق و ل
2 أَرَأَيْتَكُم araaytakum Have you seen? ر أ ي
3 إِنْ in if
4 أَتَاكُمْ atakum (there) came to you أ ت ي
5 عَذَابُ AAathabu punishment ع ذ ب
6 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
7 أَوْ aw or
8 أَتَتْكُمُ atatkumu (there) came to you أ ت ي
9 السَّاعَةُ alssaAAatu the Hour س و ع
10 أَغَيْرَ aghayra is it other? غ ي ر
11 اللهِ Allahi (than) Allah أ ل ه
12 تَدْعُونَ tadAAoona you call د ع و
13 إِن in if
14 كُنتُمْ kuntum you are ك و ن
15 صَادِقِينَ sadiqeena truthful ص د ق

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 41

بَلْ إِيَّاهُ تَدْعُونَ فَيَكْشِفُ مَا تَدْعُونَ إِلَيْهِ إِن شَآءَ وَتَنسَوْنَ مَا تُشْرِكُونَ.(41)

No, it is Him [alone] you would invoke, and He would remove that for which you invoked Him if He willed, and you would forget what you associate [with Him]. [Al-Anaam: 41]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 41

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

No, it is Him [alone] you would invoke, and He would remove that for which you invoked Him if He willed, and you would forget what you associate [with Him].

Transliteration

Ayah 41

Bal iyyahu tadAAoona fayakshifu ma tadAAoona ilayhi in shaa watansawna ma tushrikoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 41

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 بَلْ Bal Nay
2 إِيَّاهُ iyyahu Him Alone
3 تَدْعُونَ tadAAoona you call د ع و
4 فَيَكْشِفُ fayakshifu and He would remove ك ش ف
5 مَا ma what
6 تَدْعُونَ tadAAoona you call د ع و
7 إِلَيْهِ ilayhi upon Him
8 إِن in if
9 شَآءَ shaa He wills ش ي أ
10 وَتَنسَوْنَ watansawna and you will forget ن س ي
11 مَا ma what
12 تُشْرِكُونَ tushrikoona you associate (with Him) ش ر ك

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 42

وَلَقَدْ أَرْسَلْنَآ إِلَىٰٓ أُمَمٍۢ مِّن قَبْلِكَ فَأَخَذْنَٰهُم بِٱلْبَأْسَآءِ وَٱلضَّرَّآءِ لَعَلَّهُمْ يَتَضَرَّعُونَ.(42)

And We have already sent [messengers] to nations before you, [O Muḥammad]; then We seized them with poverty and hardship that perhaps they might humble themselves [to Us]. [Al-Anaam: 42]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 42

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And We have already sent [messengers] to nations before you, [O Muḥammad]; then We seized them with poverty and hardship that perhaps they might humble themselves [to Us].

Transliteration

Ayah 42

Walaqad arsalna ila omamin min qablika faakhathnahum bialbasai waalddarrai laAAallahum yatadarraAAoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 42

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَلَقَدْ Walaqad And certainly
2 أَرْسَلْنَآ arsalna We sent (Messengers) ر س ل
3 إِلَىٰٓ ila to
4 أُمَمٍ omamin nations أ م م
5 مِّن min from
6 قَبْلِكَ qablika before you ق ب ل
7 فَأَخَذْنَاهُمْ faakhathnahum then We seized them أ خ ذ
8 بِالْبَأْسَآءِ bialbasai with adversity ب أ س
9 وَالضَّرَّآءِ waalddarrai and hardship ض ر ر
10 لَعَلَّهُمْ laAAallahum so that they may
11 يَتَضَرَّعُونَ yatadarraAAoona humble themselves ض ر ع

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 43

فَلَوْلَآ إِذْ جَآءَهُم بَأْسُنَا تَضَرَّعُوا۟ وَلَٰكِن قَسَتْ قُلُوبُهُمْ وَزَيَّنَ لَهُمُ ٱلشَّيْطَٰنُ مَا كَانُوا۟ يَعْمَلُونَ.(43)

Then why, when Our punishment came to them, did they not humble themselves? But their hearts became hardened, and Satan made attractive to them that which they were doing. [Al-Anaam: 43]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 43

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Then why, when Our punishment came to them, did they not humble themselves? But their hearts became hardened, and Satan made attractive to them that which they were doing.

Transliteration

Ayah 43

Falawla ith jaahum basuna tadarraAAoo walakin qasat quloobuhum wazayyana lahumu alshshaytanu ma kanoo yaAAmaloona

Word-by-word

Ayah 43

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 فَلَوْلَآ Falawla Then why not
2 إِذْ ith when
3 جَآءَهُم jaahum came to them ج ي أ
4 بَأْسُنَا basuna Our punishment ب أ س
5 تَضَرَّعُواْ tadarraAAoo they humbled themselves ض ر ع
6 وَلَٰكِن walakin But
7 قَسَتْ qasat became hardened ق س و
8 قُلُوبُهُمْ quloobuhum their hearts ق ل ب
9 وَزَيَّنَ wazayyana and made fair-seeming ز ي ن
10 لَهُمُ lahumu to them
11 الشَّيْطَانُ alshshaytanu the Shaitaan ش ط ن
12 مَا ma what
13 كَانُواْ kanoo they used to ك و ن
14 يَعْمَلُونَ yaAAmaloona do ع م ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 44

فَلَمَّا نَسُوا۟ مَا ذُكِّرُوا۟ بِهِۦ فَتَحْنَا عَلَيْهِمْ أَبْوَٰبَ كُلِّ شَىْءٍ حَتَّىٰٓ إِذَا فَرِحُوا۟ بِمَآ أُوتُوٓا۟ أَخَذْنَٰهُم بَغْتَةًۭ فَإِذَا هُم مُّبْلِسُونَ.(44)

So when they forgot that by which they had been reminded,1 We opened to them the doors of every [good] thing until, when they rejoiced in that which they were given, We seized them suddenly, and they were [then] in despair. [Al-Anaam: 44]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 44

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

So when they forgot that by which they had been reminded,1 We opened to them the doors of every [good] thing until, when they rejoiced in that which they were given, We seized them suddenly, and they were [then] in despair.

Transliteration

Ayah 44

Falamma nasoo ma thukkiroo bihi fatahna AAalayhim abwaba kulli shayin hatta itha farihoo bima ootoo akhathnahum baghtatan faitha hum mublisoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 44

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 فَلَمَّا Falamma So when
2 نَسُواْ nasoo they forgot ن س ي
3 مَا ma what
4 ذُكِّرُواْ thukkiroo they were reminded ذ ك ر
5 بِهِۦ bihi of [it]
6 فَتَحْنَا fatahna We opened ف ت ح
7 عَلَيْهِمْ AAalayhim on them
8 أَبْوَابَ abwaba gates ب و ب
9 كُلِّ kulli (of) every ك ل ل
10 شَىْءٍ shayin thing ش ي أ
11 حَتَّىٰٓ hatta until
12 إِذَا itha when
13 فَرِحُواْ farihoo they rejoiced ف ر ح
14 بِمَآ bima in what
15 أُوتُوٓاْ ootoo they were given أ ت ي
16 أَخَذْنَاهُم akhathnahum We seized them أ خ ذ
17 بَغْتَةً baghtatan suddenly ب غ ت
18 فَإِذَا faitha and then
19 هُم hum they
20 مُّبْلِسُونَ mublisoona (were) dumbfounded ب ل س

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 45

فَقُطِعَ دَابِرُ ٱلْقَوْمِ ٱلَّذِينَ ظَلَمُوا۟ ۚ وَٱلْحَمْدُ لِلَّهِ رَبِّ ٱلْعَٰلَمِينَ.(45)

So the people that committed wrong were eliminated. And praise to Allāh, Lord of the worlds. [Al-Anaam: 45]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 45

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

So the people that committed wrong were eliminated. And praise to Allāh, Lord of the worlds.

Transliteration

Ayah 45

FaqutiAAa dabiru alqawmi allatheena thalamoo waalhamdu lillahi rabbi alAAalameena

Word-by-word

Ayah 45

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 فَقُطِعَ FaqutiAAa So was cut off ق ط ع
2 دَابِرُ dabiru (the) remnant د ب ر
3 الْقَوْمِ alqawmi (of) the people ق و م
4 الَّذِينَ allatheena [those] who
5 ظَلَمُواْ thalamoo did wrong ظ ل م
6 وَالْحَمْدُ waalhamdu And all praises and thanks ح م د
7 لِلّٰهِ lillahi (be) to Allah أ ل ه
8 رَبِّ rabbi Lord ر ب ب
9 الْعَالَمِينَ alAAalameena (of) the worlds ع ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 46

قُلْ أَرَأَيْتُمْ إِنْ أَخَذَ اللَّـهُ سَمْعَكُمْ وَأَبْصَارَكُمْ وَخَتَمَ عَلَىٰ قُلُوبِكُم مَّنْ إِلَـٰهٌ غَيْرُ اللَّـهِ يَأْتِيكُم بِهِ ۗ انظُرْ كَيْفَ نُصَرِّفُ الْآيَـٰتِ ثُمَّ هُمْ يَصْدِفُونَ(46)

Say, "Have you considered:1 if Allāh should take away your hearing and your sight and set a seal upon your hearts, which deity other than Allāh could bring them [back] to you?" Look how We diversify2 the verses; then they [still] turn away. [Al-Anaam: 46]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 46

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Say, "Have you considered:1 if Allāh should take away your hearing and your sight and set a seal upon your hearts, which deity other than Allāh could bring them [back] to you?" Look how We diversify2 the verses; then they [still] turn away.

Transliteration

Ayah 46

Qul araaytum in akhatha Allahu samAAakum waabsarakum wakhatama AAala quloobikum man ilahun ghayru Allahi yateekum bihi onthur kayfa nusarrifu alayati thumma hum yasdifoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 46

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قُلْ Qul Say ق و ل
2 أَرَأَيْتُمْ araaytum Have you seen? ر أ ي
3 إِنْ in if
4 أَخَذَ akhatha took away أ خ ذ
5 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
6 سَمْعَكُمْ samAAakum your hearing س م ع
7 وَأَبْصَارَكُمْ waabsarakum and your sight ب ص ر
8 وَخَتَمَ wakhatama and sealed خ ت م
9 عَلَىٰ AAala [on]
10 قُلُوبِكُم quloobikum your hearts ق ل ب
11 مَّنْ man who?
12 إِلَٰهٌ ilahun (is the) god أ ل ه
13 غَيْرُ ghayru other than غ ي ر
14 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
15 يَأْتِيكُم yateekum to bring [back] to you أ ت ي
16 بِهِ bihi with it
17 انظُرْ onthur See ن ظ ر
18 كَيْفَ kayfa how? ك ي ف
19 نُصَرِّفُ nusarrifu We explain ص ر ف
20 الاٰيَاتِ alayati the Signs أ ي ي
21 ثُمَّ thumma yet
22 هُمْ hum they
23 يَصْدِفُونَ yasdifoona turn away ص د ف

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 47

قُلْ أَرَءَيْتَكُمْ إِنْ أَتَىٰكُمْ عَذَابُ ٱللَّهِ بَغْتَةً أَوْ جَهْرَةً هَلْ يُهْلَكُ إِلَّا ٱلْقَوْمُ ٱلظَّٰلِمُونَ.(47)

Say, "Have you considered: if the punishment of Allāh should come to you unexpectedly or manifestly,1 will any be destroyed but the wrongdoing people?" [Al-Anaam: 47]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 47

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Say, "Have you considered: if the punishment of Allāh should come to you unexpectedly or manifestly,1 will any be destroyed but the wrongdoing people?"

Transliteration

Ayah 47

Qul araaytakum in atakum AAathabu Allahi baghtatan aw jahratan hal yuhlaku illa alqawmu alththalimoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 47

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قُلْ Qul Say ق و ل
2 أَرَأَيْتَكُمْ araaytakum Have you seen? ر أ ي
3 إِنْ in if
4 أَتَاكُمْ atakum comes to you أ ت ي
5 عَذَابُ AAathabu punishment ع ذ ب
6 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
7 بَغْتَةً baghtatan suddenly ب غ ت
8 أَوْ aw or
9 جَهْرَةً jahratan openly ج ه ر
10 هَلْ hal will?
11 يُهْلَكُ yuhlaku (any) be destroyed ه ل ك
12 إِلَّا illa except
13 الْقَوْمُ alqawmu the people ق و م
14 الظَّالِمُونَ alththalimoona the wrongdoers ظ ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 48

وَمَا نُرْسِلُ ٱلْمُرْسَلِينَ إِلَّا مُبَشِّرِينَ وَمُنذِرِينَ ۖ فَمَنْ ءَامَنَ وَأَصْلَحَ فَلَا خَوْفٌ عَلَيْهِمْ وَلَا هُمْ يَحْزَنُونَ.(48)

And We send not the messengers except as bringers of good tidings and warners. So whoever believes and reforms - there will be no fear concerning them, nor will they grieve. [Al-Anaam: 48]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 48

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And We send not the messengers except as bringers of good tidings and warners. So whoever believes and reforms - there will be no fear concerning them, nor will they grieve.

Transliteration

Ayah 48

Wama nursilu almursaleena illa mubashshireena wamunthireena faman amana waaslaha fala khawfun AAalayhim wala hum yahzanoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 48

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَمَا Wama And not
2 نُرْسِلُ nursilu We send ر س ل
3 الْمُرْسَلِينَ almursaleena the Messengers ر س ل
4 إِلَّا illa except
5 مُبَشِّرِينَ mubashshireena (as) bearer of glad tidings ب ش ر
6 وَمُنذِرِينَ wamunthireena and (as) warners ن ذ ر
7 فَمَنْ faman So whoever
8 اٰمَنَ amana believed أ م ن
9 وَأَصْلَحَ waaslaha and reformed ص ل ح
10 فَلَا fala then no
11 خَوْفٌ khawfun fear خ و ف
12 عَلَيْهِمْ AAalayhim upon them
13 وَلَا wala and not
14 هُمْ hum they
15 يَحْزَنُونَ yahzanoona will grieve ح ز ن

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 49

وَٱلَّذِينَ كَذَّبُوا۟ بِـَٔايَٰتِنَا يَمَسُّهُمُ ٱلْعَذَابُ بِمَا كَانُوا۟ يَفْسُقُونَ.(49)

But those who deny Our verses - the punishment will touch1 them for their defiant disobedience. [Al-Anaam: 49]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 49

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

But those who deny Our verses - the punishment will touch1 them for their defiant disobedience.

Transliteration

Ayah 49

Waallatheena kaththaboo biayatina yamassuhumu alAAathabu bima kanoo yafsuqoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 49

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَالَّذِينَ Waallatheena And those who
2 كَذَّبُواْ kaththaboo denied ك ذ ب
3 بِاٰيَاتِنَا biayatina [in] Our Verses أ ي ي
4 يَمَسُّهُمُ yamassuhumu will touch them م س س
5 الْعَذَابُ alAAathabu the punishment ع ذ ب
6 بِمَا bima for what
7 كَانُواْ kanoo they used to ك و ن
8 يَفْسُقُونَ yafsuqoona defiantly disobey ف س ق

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 50

قُل لَّآ أَقُولُ لَكُمْ عِندِى خَزَآئِنُ ٱللَّهِ وَلَآ أَعْلَمُ ٱلْغَيْبَ وَلَآ أَقُولُ لَكُمْ إِنِّى مَلَكٌ ۖ إِنْ أَتَّبِعُ إِلَّا مَا يُوحَىٰٓ إِلَىَّ ۚ قُلْ هَلْ يَسْتَوِى ٱلْأَعْمَىٰ وَٱلْبَصِيرُ ۚ أَفَلَا تَتَفَكَّرُونَ.(50)

Say, [O Muḥammad], "I do not tell you that I have the depositories [containing the provision] of Allāh or that I know the unseen, nor do I tell you that I am an angel. I only follow what is revealed to me." Say, "Is the blind equivalent to the seeing? Then will you not give thought?" [Al-Anaam: 50]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 50

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Say, [O Muḥammad], "I do not tell you that I have the depositories [containing the provision] of Allāh or that I know the unseen, nor do I tell you that I am an angel. I only follow what is revealed to me." Say, "Is the blind equivalent to the seeing? Then will you not give thought?"

Transliteration

Ayah 50

Qul la aqoolu lakum AAindee khazainu Allahi wala aAAlamu alghayba wala aqoolu lakum innee malakun in attabiAAu illa ma yooha ilayya qul hal yastawee alaAAma waalbaseeru afala tatafakkaroona

Word-by-word

Ayah 50

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قُل Qul Say ق و ل
2 لَّآ la Not
3 أَقُولُ aqoolu (do) I say ق و ل
4 لَكُمْ lakum to you
5 عِندِى AAindee (that) with me ع ن د
6 خَزَآئِنُ khazainu (are the) treasures خ ز ن
7 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
8 وَلَآ wala and not
9 أَعْلَمُ aAAlamu (that) I know ع ل م
10 الْغَيْبَ alghayba the unseen غ ي ب
11 وَلَآ wala and not
12 أَقُولُ aqoolu I say ق و ل
13 لَكُمْ lakum to you
14 إِنِّى innee that I (am)
15 مَلَكٌ malakun an Angel م ل ك
16 إِنْ in Not
17 أَتَّبِعُ attabiAAu (do) I follow ت ب ع
18 إِلَّا illa except
19 مَا ma what
20 يُوحَىٰٓ yooha is revealed و ح ي
21 إِلَىَّ ilayya to me
22 قُلْ qul Say ق و ل
23 هَلْ hal Can?
24 يَسْتَوِى yastawee be equal س و ي
25 الْأَعْمَىٰ alaAAma the blind ع م ي
26 وَالْبَصِيرُ waalbaseeru and the seeing one ب ص ر
27 أَفَلَا afala Then will not?
28 تَتَفَكَّرُونَ tatafakkaroona you give thought ف ك ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 51

وَأَنذِرْ بِهِ ٱلَّذِينَ يَخَافُونَ أَن يُحْشَرُوٓا۟ إِلَىٰ رَبِّهِمْ ۙ لَيْسَ لَهُم مِّن دُونِهِۦ وَلِىٌّ وَلَا شَفِيعٌۭ لَّعَلَّهُمْ يَتَّقُونَ.(51)

And warn by it [i.e., the Qur’ān] those who fear that they will be gathered before their Lord - for them besides Him will be no protector and no intercessor - that they might become righteous. [Al-Anaam: 51]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 51

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And warn by it [i.e., the Qur’ān] those who fear that they will be gathered before their Lord - for them besides Him will be no protector and no intercessor - that they might become righteous.

Transliteration

Ayah 51

Waanthir bihi allatheena yakhafoona an yuhsharoo ila rabbihim laysa lahum min doonihi waliyyun wala shafeeAAun laAAallahum yattaqoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 51

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَأَنذِرْ Waanthir And warn ن ذ ر
2 بِهِ bihi with it
3 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
4 يَخَافُونَ yakhafoona fear خ و ف
5 أَن an that
6 يُحْشَرُوٓاْ yuhsharoo they will be gathered ح ش ر
7 إِلَىٰ ila to
8 رَبِّهِمْ rabbihim their Lord ر ب ب
9 لَيْسَ laysa not ل ي س
10 لَهُم lahum for them
11 مِّن min of
12 دُونِهِۦ doonihi other than Him د و ن
13 وَلِيٌّ waliyyun any protector و ل ي
14 وَلَا wala and not
15 شَفِيعٌ shafeeAAun any intercessor ش ف ع
16 لَّعَلَّهُمْ laAAallahum so that they may
17 يَتَّقُونَ yattaqoona (become) righteous و ق ي

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 52

وَلَا تَطْرُدِ ٱلَّذِينَ يَدْعُونَ رَبَّهُم بِٱلْغَدَوٰةِ وَٱلْعَشِىِّ يُرِيدُونَ وَجْهَهُۥ ۖ مَا عَلَيْكَ مِنْ حِسَابِهِم مِّن شَىْءٍۢ وَمَا مِنْ حِسَابِكَ عَلَيْهِم مِّن شَىْءٍۢ فَتَطْرُدَهُمْ فَتَكُونَ مِنَ ٱلظَّٰلِمِينَ.(52)

And do not send away those who call upon their Lord morning and afternoon, seeking His face [i.e., favor]. Not upon you is anything of their account and not upon them is anything of your account.1 So were you to send them away, you would [then] be of the wrongdoers. [Al-Anaam: 52]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 52

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And do not send away those who call upon their Lord morning and afternoon, seeking His face [i.e., favor]. Not upon you is anything of their account and not upon them is anything of your account.1 So were you to send them away, you would [then] be of the wrongdoers.

Transliteration

Ayah 52

Wala tatrudi allatheena yadAAoona rabbahum bialghadati waalAAashiyyi yureedoona wajhahu ma AAalayka min hisabihim min shayin wama min hisabika AAalayhim min shayin fatatrudahum fatakoona mina alththalimeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 52

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَلَا Wala And (do) not
2 تَطْرُدِ tatrudi send away ط ر د
3 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
4 يَدْعُونَ yadAAoona call د ع و
5 رَبَّهُم rabbahum their Lord ر ب ب
6 بِالْغَدَاةِ bialghadati in the morning غ د و
7 وَالْعَشِىِّ waalAAashiyyi and the evening ع ش و
8 يُرِيدُونَ yureedoona desiring ر و د
9 وَجْهَهُۥ wajhahu His Countenance و ج ه
10 مَا ma Not
11 عَلَيْكَ AAalayka (is) on you
12 مِنْ min of
13 حِسَابِهِم hisabihim their account ح س ب
14 مِّن min [of]
15 شَىْءٍ shayin anything ش ي أ
16 وَمَا wama and not
17 مِنْ min from
18 حِسَابِكَ hisabika your account ح س ب
19 عَلَيْهِم AAalayhim on them
20 مِّن min [of]
21 شَىْءٍ shayin anything ش ي أ
22 فَتَطْرُدَهُمْ fatatrudahum So were you to send them away ط ر د
23 فَتَكُونَ fatakoona then you would be ك و ن
24 مِنَ mina of
25 الظَّالِمِينَ alththalimeena the wrongdoers ظ ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 53

وَكَذَٰلِكَ فَتَنَّا بَعْضَهُم بِبَعْضٍۢ لِّيَقُولُوٓا۟ أَهَٰٓؤُلَآءِ مَنَّ ٱللَّهُ عَلَيْهِم مِّنۢ بَيْنِنَآ ۗ أَلَيْسَ ٱللَّهُ بِأَعْلَمَ بِٱلشَّٰكِرِينَ.(53)

And thus We have tried some of them through others that they [i.e., the disbelievers] might say, "Is it these whom Allāh has favored among us?" Is not Allāh most knowing of those who are grateful?1 [Al-Anaam: 53]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 53

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And thus We have tried some of them through others that they [i.e., the disbelievers] might say, "Is it these whom Allāh has favored among us?" Is not Allāh most knowing of those who are grateful?1

Transliteration

Ayah 53

Wakathalika fatanna baAAdahum bibaAAdin liyaqooloo ahaolai manna Allahu AAalayhim min baynina alaysa Allahu biaAAlama bialshshakireena

Word-by-word

Ayah 53

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَكَذَٰلِكَ Wakathalika And thus
2 فَتَنَّا fatanna We try ف ت ن
3 بَعْضَهُم baAAdahum some of them ب ع ض
4 بِبَعْضٍ bibaAAdin with others ب ع ض
5 لِّيَقُولواْ liyaqooloo that they say ق و ل
6 أَهَٰٓؤُلَآءِ ahaolai Are these?
7 مَنَّ manna (whom has been) favored م ن ن
8 اللهُ Allahu (by) Allah أ ل ه
9 عَلَيْهِم AAalayhim [upon them]
10 مِّنْ min from
11 بَيْنِنَآ baynina among us ب ي ن
12 أَلَيْسَ alaysa is not? ل ي س
13 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
14 بِأَعْلَمَ biaAAlama most knowing ع ل م
15 بِالشَّاكِرِينَ bialshshakireena of those who are grateful ش ك ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 54

وَإِذَا جَآءَكَ ٱلَّذِينَ يُؤْمِنُونَ بِـَٔايَـٰتِنَا فَقُلْ سَلَـٰمٌ عَلَيْكُمْ ۖ كَتَبَ رَبُّكُمْ عَلَىٰ نَفْسِهِ ٱلرَّحْمَةَ ۖ أَنَّهُۥ مَنْ عَمِلَ مِنكُمْ سُوٓءًۢا بِجَهَـٰلَةٍ ثُمَّ تَابَ مِنۢ بَعْدِهِۦ وَأَصْلَحَ فَأَنَّهُۥ غَفُورٌ رَّحِيمٌ(54)

And when those come to you who believe in Our verses, say, "Peace be upon you. Your Lord has decreed upon Himself mercy: that any of you who does wrong out of ignorance and then repents after that and corrects himself - indeed, He is Forgiving and Merciful." [Al-Anaam: 54]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 54

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And when those come to you who believe in Our verses, say, "Peace be upon you. Your Lord has decreed upon Himself mercy: that any of you who does wrong out of ignorance and then repents after that and corrects himself - indeed, He is Forgiving and Merciful."

Transliteration

Ayah 54

Waitha jaaka allatheena yuminoona biayatina faqul salamun AAalaykum kataba rabbukum AAala nafsihi alrrahmata annahu man AAamila minkum sooan bijahalatin thumma taba min baAAdihi waaslaha faannahu ghafoorun raheemun

Word-by-word

Ayah 54

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَإِذَا Waitha And when
2 جَآءَكَ jaaka come to you ج ي أ
3 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
4 يُؤْمِنُونَ yuminoona believe أ م ن
5 بِاٰيَاتِنَا biayatina in Our Verses أ ي ي
6 فَقُلْ faqul then say ق و ل
7 سَلَامٌ salamun Peace س ل م
8 عَلَيْكُمْ AAalaykum (be) upon you
9 كَتَبَ kataba (Has) Prescribed ك ت ب
10 رَبُّكُمْ rabbukum your Lord ر ب ب
11 عَلَىٰ AAala upon
12 نَفْسِهِ nafsihi Himself ن ف س
13 الرَّحْمَةَ alrrahmata the Mercy ر ح م
14 أَنَّهُۥ annahu that he
15 مَنْ man who
16 عَمِلَ AAamila does ع م ل
17 مِنكُمْ minkum among you
18 سُوٓءًا sooan evil س و أ
19 بِجَهَالَةٍ bijahalatin in ignorance ج ه ل
20 ثُمَّ thumma then
21 تَابَ taba repents ت و ب
22 مِن min from
23 بَعْدِهِۦ baAAdihi after it ب ع د
24 وَأَصْلَحَ waaslaha and reforms ص ل ح
25 فَأَنَّهُۥ faannahu then indeed He
26 غَفُورٌ ghafoorun (is) Oft-Forgiving غ ف ر
27 رَّحِيمٌ raheemun Most Merciful ر ح م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 55

وَكَذَٰلِكَ نُفَصِّلُ ٱلْآيَٰتِ وَلِتَسْتَبِينَ سَبِيلُ ٱلْمُجْرِمِينَ.(55)

And thus do We detail the verses, and [thus] the way of the criminals will become evident. [Al-Anaam: 55]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 55

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And thus do We detail the verses, and [thus] the way of the criminals will become evident.

Transliteration

Ayah 55

Wakathalika nufassilu alayati walitastabeena sabeelu almujrimeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 55

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَكَذَٰلِكَ Wakathalika And thus
2 نُفَصِّلُ nufassilu We explain ف ص ل
3 الاٰيَاتِ alayati the Verses أ ي ي
4 وَلِتَسْتَبِينَ walitastabeena so that becomes manifest ب ي ن
5 سَبِيلُ sabeelu (the) way س ب ل
6 الْمُجْرِمِينَ almujrimeena (of) the criminals ج ر م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 56

قُلْ إِنِّى نُهِيتُ أَنْ أَعْبُدَ ٱلَّذِينَ تَدْعُونَ مِن دُونِ ٱللَّهِ ۚ قُل لَّآ أَتَّبِعُ أَهْوَآءَكُمْ ۙ قَدْ ضَلَلْتُ إِذًۭا وَمَآ أَنَا۠ مِنَ ٱلْمُهْتَدِينَ.(56)

Say, "Indeed, I have been forbidden to worship those you invoke besides Allāh." Say, "I will not follow your desires, for I would then have gone astray, and I would not be of the [rightly] guided." [Al-Anaam: 56]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 56

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Say, "Indeed, I have been forbidden to worship those you invoke besides Allāh." Say, "I will not follow your desires, for I would then have gone astray, and I would not be of the [rightly] guided."

Transliteration

Ayah 56

Qul innee nuheetu an aAAbuda allatheena tadAAoona min dooni Allahi qul la attabiAAu ahwaakum qad dalaltu ithan wama ana mina almuhtadeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 56

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قُلْ Qul Say ق و ل
2 إِنِّى innee Indeed I
3 نُهِيتُ nuheetu [I] am forbidden ن ه ي
4 أَنْ an that
5 أَعْبُدَ aAAbuda I worship ع ب د
6 الَّذِينَ allatheena those whom
7 تَدْعُونَ tadAAoona you call د ع و
8 مِن min from
9 دُونِ dooni besides د و ن
10 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
11 قُل qul Say ق و ل
12 لَّآ la Not
13 أَتَّبِعُ attabiAAu I follow ت ب ع
14 أَهْوَآءَكُمْ ahwaakum your (vain) desires ه و ي
15 قَدْ qad certainly
16 ضَلَلْتُ dalaltu I would go astray ض ل ل
17 إِذًا ithan then
18 وَمَآ wama and not
19 أَنَا ana I (would be)
20 مِنَ mina from
21 الْمُهْتَدِينَ almuhtadeena the guided-ones ه د ي

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 57

قُلْ إِنِّى عَلَىٰ بَيِّنَةٍۢ مِّن رَّبِّى وَكَذَّبْتُم بِهِۦ ۚ مَا عِندِى مَا تَسْتَعْجِلُونَ بِهِۦٓ ۚ إِنِ ٱلْحُكْمُ إِلَّا لِلَّهِ ۖ يَقُصُّ ٱلْحَقَّ ۖ وَهُوَ خَيْرُ ٱلْفَٰصِلِينَ.(57)

Say, "Indeed, I am on clear evidence from my Lord, and you have denied it. I do not have that for which you are impatient.1 The decision is only for Allāh. He relates the truth, and He is the best of deciders." [Al-Anaam: 57]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 57

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Say, "Indeed, I am on clear evidence from my Lord, and you have denied it. I do not have that for which you are impatient.1 The decision is only for Allāh. He relates the truth, and He is the best of deciders."

Transliteration

Ayah 57

Qul innee AAala bayyinatin min rabbee wakaththabtum bihi ma AAindee ma tastaAAjiloona bihi ini alhukmu illa lillahi yaqussu alhaqqa wahuwa khayru alfasileena

Word-by-word

Ayah 57

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قُلْ Qul Say ق و ل
2 إِنِّى innee Indeed I (am)
3 عَلَىٰ AAala on
4 بَيِّنَةٍ bayyinatin clear proof ب ي ن
5 مِّن min from
6 رَّبِّى rabbee my Lord ر ب ب
7 وَكَذَّبْتُم wakaththabtum while you deny ك ذ ب
8 بِهِۦ bihi [with] it
9 مَا ma Not
10 عِندِى AAindee I have ع ن د
11 مَا ma what
12 تَسْتَعْجِلُونَ tastaAAjiloona you seek to hasten ع ج ل
13 بِهِۦٓ bihi of it
14 إِنِ ini Not
15 الْحُكْمُ alhukmu (is) the decision ح ك م
16 إِلَّا illa except
17 لِلّٰهِ lillahi for Allah أ ل ه
18 يَقُصُّ yaqussu He relates ق ص ص
19 الْحَقَّ alhaqqa the truth ح ق ق
20 وَهُوَ wahuwa and He
21 خَيْرُ khayru (is the) best خ ي ر
22 الْفَاصِلِينَ alfasileena (of) the Deciders ف ص ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 58

قُل لَّوْ أَنَّ عِندِى مَا تَسْتَعْجِلُونَ بِهِۦ لَقُضِىَ ٱلْأَمْرُ بَيْنِى وَبَيْنَكُمْ ۗ وَٱللَّهُ أَعْلَمُ بِٱلظَّٰلِمِينَ.(58)

Say, "If I had that for which you are impatient, the matter would have been decided between me and you, but Allāh is most knowing of the wrongdoers." [Al-Anaam: 58]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 58

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Say, "If I had that for which you are impatient, the matter would have been decided between me and you, but Allāh is most knowing of the wrongdoers."

Transliteration

Ayah 58

Qul law anna AAindee ma tastaAAjiloona bihi laqudiya alamru baynee wabaynakum waAllahu aAAlamu bialththalimeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 58

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قُل Qul Say ق و ل
2 لَّوْ law If
3 أَنَّ anna that
4 عِندِى AAindee (were) with me ع ن د
5 مَا ma what
6 تَسْتَعْجِلُونَ tastaAAjiloona you seek to hasten ع ج ل
7 بِهِۦ bihi of it
8 لَقُضِىَ laqudiya surely would have been decided ق ض ي
9 الْأَمْرُ alamru the matter أ م ر
10 بَيْنِى baynee between me ب ي ن
11 وَبَيْنَكُمْ wabaynakum and between you ب ي ن
12 وَاللهُ waAllahu And Allah أ ل ه
13 أَعْلَمُ aAAlamu (is) most knowing ع ل م
14 بِالظَّالِمِينَ bialththalimeena of the wrongdoers ظ ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 59

وَعِندَهُۥ مَفَاتِحُ ٱلْغَيْبِ لَا يَعْلَمُهَآ إِلَّا هُوَ ۚ وَيَعْلَمُ مَا فِى ٱلْبَرِّ وَٱلْبَحْرِ ۚ وَمَا تَسْقُطُ مِن وَرَقَةٍ إِلَّا يَعْلَمُهَا وَلَا حَبَّةٍۢ فِى ظُلُمَٰتِ ٱلْأَرْضِ وَلَا رَطْبٍۢ وَلَا يَابِسٍ إِلَّا فِى كِتَٰبٍۢ مُّبِينٍۢ.(59)

And with Him are the keys of the unseen; none knows them except Him. And He knows what is on the land and in the sea. Not a leaf falls but that He knows it. And no grain is there within the darknesses of the earth and no moist or dry [thing] but that it is [written] in a clear record. [Al-Anaam: 59]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 59

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And with Him are the keys of the unseen; none knows them except Him. And He knows what is on the land and in the sea. Not a leaf falls but that He knows it. And no grain is there within the darknesses of the earth and no moist or dry [thing] but that it is [written] in a clear record.

Transliteration

Ayah 59

WaAAindahu mafatihu alghaybi la yaAAlamuha illa huwa wayaAAlamu ma fee albarri waalbahri wama tasqutu min waraqatin illa yaAAlamuha wala habbatin fee thulumati alardi wala ratbin wala yabisin illa fee kitabin mubeenin

Word-by-word

Ayah 59

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَعِندَهُۥ WaAAindahu And with Him ع ن د
2 مَفَاتِحُ mafatihu (are the) keys ف ت ح
3 الْغَيْبِ alghaybi (of) the unseen غ ي ب
4 لَا la no (one)
5 يَعْلَمُهَآ yaAAlamuha knows them ع ل م
6 إِلَّا illa except
7 هُوَ huwa Him
8 وَيَعْلَمُ wayaAAlamu And He knows ع ل م
9 مَا ma what
10 فِى fee (is) in
11 الْبَرِّ albarri the land ب ر ر
12 وَالْبَحْرِ waalbahri and in the sea ب ح ر
13 وَمَا wama And not
14 تَسْقُطُ tasqutu falls س ق ط
15 مِن min of
16 وَرَقَةٍ waraqatin any leaf و ر ق
17 إِلَّا illa but
18 يَعْلَمُهَا yaAAlamuha He knows it ع ل م
19 وَلَا wala And not
20 حَبَّةٍ habbatin a grain ح ب ب
21 فِى fee in
22 ظُلُمَاتِ thulumati the darkness[es] ظ ل م
23 الْأَرْضِ alardi (of) the earth أ ر ض
24 وَلَا wala and not
25 رَطْبٍ ratbin moist ر ط ب
26 وَلَا wala and not
27 يَابِسٍ yabisin dry ي ب س
28 إِلَّا illa but
29 فِى fee (is) in
30 كِتَابٍ kitabin a Record ك ت ب
31 مُّبِينٍ mubeenin Clear ب ي ن

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 60

وَهُوَ ٱلَّذِى يَتَوَفَّىٰكُم بِٱلَّيْلِ وَيَعْلَمُ مَا جَرَحْتُم بِٱلنَّهَارِ ثُمَّ يَبْعَثُكُمْ فِيهِ لِيُقْضَىٰٓ أَجَلٌ مُّسَمًّى ۖ ثُمَّ إِلَيْهِ مَرْجِعُكُمْ ثُمَّ يُنَبِّئُكُم بِمَا كُنتُمْ تَعْمَلُونَ(60)

And it is He who takes your souls by night1 and knows what you have committed by day. Then He revives you therein [i.e., by day] that a specified term2 may be fulfilled. Then to Him will be your return; then He will inform you about what you used to do. [Al-Anaam: 60]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 60

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And it is He who takes your souls by night1 and knows what you have committed by day. Then He revives you therein [i.e., by day] that a specified term2 may be fulfilled. Then to Him will be your return; then He will inform you about what you used to do.

Transliteration

Ayah 60

Wahuwa allathee yatawaffakum biallayli wayaAAlamu ma jarahtum bialnnahari thumma yabAAathukum feehi liyuqda ajalun musamman thumma ilayhi marjiAAukum thumma yunabbiokum bima kuntum taAAmaloona

Word-by-word

Ayah 60

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَهُوَ Wahuwa And He
2 الَّذِى allathee (is) the One Who
3 يَتَوَفَّاكُم yatawaffakum takes your (soul) و ف ي
4 بِالَّيْلِ biallayli by the night ل ي ل
5 وَيَعْلَمُ wayaAAlamu and He knows ع ل م
6 مَا ma what
7 جَرَحْتُم jarahtum you committed ج ر ح
8 بِالنَّهَارِ bialnnahari by the day ن ه ر
9 ثُمَّ thumma Then
10 يَبْعَثُكُمْ yabAAathukum He raises you up ب ع ث
11 فِيهِ feehi therein
12 لِيُقْضَىٰٓ liyuqda so that is fulfilled ق ض ي
13 أَجَلٌ ajalun (the) term أ ج ل
14 مُّسَمًّى musamman specified س م و
15 ثُمَّ thumma Then
16 إِلَيْهِ ilayhi to Him
17 مَرْجِعُكُمْ marjiAAukum will be your return ر ج ع
18 ثُمَّ thumma then
19 يُنَبِّئُكُم yunabbiokum He will inform you ن ب أ
20 بِمَا bima about what
21 كُنتُمْ kuntum you used to ك و ن
22 تَعْمَلُونَ taAAmaloona do ع م ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 61

وَهُوَ ٱلْقَاهِرُ فَوْقَ عِبَادِهِۦ ۖ وَيُرْسِلُ عَلَيْكُمْ حَفَظَةً حَتَّىٰٓ إِذَا جَآءَ أَحَدَكُمُ ٱلْمَوْتُ تَوَفَّتْهُ رُسُلُنَا وَهُمْ لَا يُفَرِّطُونَ.(61)

And He is the subjugator over His servants, and He sends over you guardian-angels until, when death comes to one of you, Our messengers [i.e., angels of death] take him, and they do not fail [in their duties]. [Al-Anaam: 61]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 61

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And He is the subjugator over His servants, and He sends over you guardian-angels until, when death comes to one of you, Our messengers [i.e., angels of death] take him, and they do not fail [in their duties].

Transliteration

Ayah 61

Wahuwa alqahiru fawqa AAibadihi wayursilu AAalaykum hafathatan hatta itha jaa ahadakumu almawtu tawaffathu rusuluna wahum la yufarritoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 61

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَهُوَ Wahuwa And He
2 الْقَاهِرُ alqahiru (is) the Subjugator ق ه ر
3 فَوْقَ fawqa over ف و ق
4 عِبَادِهِۦ AAibadihi His slaves ع ب د
5 وَيُرْسِلُ wayursilu and He sends ر س ل
6 عَلَيْكُمْ AAalaykum over you
7 حَفَظَةً hafathatan guardians ح ف ظ
8 حَتَّىٰٓ hatta until
9 إِذَا itha when
10 جَآءَ jaa comes ج ي أ
11 أَحَدَكُمُ ahadakumu (to) anyone of you أ ح د
12 الْمَوْتُ almawtu the death م و ت
13 تَوَفَّتْهُ tawaffathu take him و ف ي
14 رُسُلُنَا rusuluna Our messengers ر س ل
15 وَهُمْ wahum and they
16 لَا la (do) not
17 يُفَرِّطُونَ yufarritoona fail ف ر ط

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 62

ثُمَّ رُدُّوٓا۟ إِلَى ٱللَّهِ مَوْلَىٰهُمُ ٱلْحَقِّ ۚ أَلَا لَهُ ٱلْحُكْمُ وَهُوَ أَسْرَعُ ٱلْحَٰسِبِينَ.(62)

Then they [i.e., His servants] are returned to Allāh, their true Lord. Unquestionably, His is the judgement, and He is the swiftest of accountants. [Al-Anaam: 62]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 62

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Then they [i.e., His servants] are returned to Allāh, their true Lord. Unquestionably, His is the judgement, and He is the swiftest of accountants.

Transliteration

Ayah 62

Thumma ruddoo ila Allahi mawlahumu alhaqqi ala lahu alhukmu wahuwa asraAAu alhasibeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 62

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 ثُمَّ Thumma Then
2 رُدُّواْ ruddoo they are returned ر د د
3 إِلَى ila to
4 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
5 مَوْلَاهُمُ mawlahumu their Protector و ل ي
6 الْحَقِّ alhaqqi [the] True ح ق ق
7 أَلَا ala Unquestionably
8 لَهُ lahu for Him
9 الْحُكْمُ alhukmu (is) the judgment ح ك م
10 وَهُوَ wahuwa And He
11 أَسْرَعُ asraAAu (is) swiftest س ر ع
12 الْحَاسِبِينَ alhasibeena (of) the Reckoners ح س ب

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 63

قُلْ مَن يُنَجِّيكُم مِّن ظُلُمَٰتِ ٱلْبَرِّ وَٱلْبَحْرِ تَدْعُونَهُۥ تَضَرُّعًۭا وَخُفْيَةًۭ لَّئِنْ أَنجَىٰنَا مِنْ هَٰذِهِۦ لَنَكُونَنَّ مِنَ ٱلشَّٰكِرِينَ.(63)

Say, "Who rescues you from the darknesses of the land and sea [when] you call upon Him imploring [aloud] and privately, 'If He should save us from this [crisis], we will surely be among the thankful.'" [Al-Anaam: 63]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 63

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Say, "Who rescues you from the darknesses of the land and sea [when] you call upon Him imploring [aloud] and privately, 'If He should save us from this [crisis], we will surely be among the thankful.'"

Transliteration

Ayah 63

Qul man yunajjeekum min thulumati albarri waalbahri tadAAoonahu tadarruAAan wakhufyatan lain anjana min hathihi lanakoonanna mina alshshakireena

Word-by-word

Ayah 63

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قُلْ Qul Say ق و ل
2 مَن man Who?
3 يُنَجِّيكُم yunajjeekum saves you ن ج و
4 مِّن min from
5 ظُلُمَاتِ thulumati darkness[es] ظ ل م
6 الْبَرِّ albarri (of) the land ب ر ر
7 وَالْبَحْرِ waalbahri and the sea ب ح ر
8 تَدْعُونَهُ tadAAoonahu you call Him د ع و
9 تَضَرُّعاً tadarruAAan humbly ض ر ع
10 وَخُفْيَةً wakhufyatan and secretly خ ف ي
11 لَّئِنْ lain If
12 أَنجَانَا anjana He saves us ن ج و
13 مِنْ min from
14 هَٰذِهِۦ hathihi this
15 لَنَكُونَنَّ lanakoonanna surely we will be ك و ن
16 مِنَ mina from
17 الشَّاكِرِينَ alshshakireena the grateful ones ش ك ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 64

قُلِ ٱللَّهُ يُنَجِّيكُم مِّنْهَا وَمِن كُلِّ كَرْبٍۢ ثُمَّ أَنتُمْ تُشْرِكُونَ.(64)

Say, "It is Allāh who saves you from it and from every distress; then you [still] associate others with Him." [Al-Anaam: 64]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 64

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Say, "It is Allāh who saves you from it and from every distress; then you [still] associate others with Him."

Transliteration

Ayah 64

Quli Allahu yunajjeekum minha wamin kulli karbin thumma antum tushrikoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 64

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قُلِ Quli Say ق و ل
2 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
3 يُنَجِّيكُم yunajjeekum saves you ن ج و
4 مِّنْهَا minha from it
5 وَمِن wamin and from
6 كُلِّ kulli every ك ل ل
7 كَرْبٍ karbin distress ك ر ب
8 ثُمَّ thumma yet
9 أَنتُمْ antum you
10 تُشْرِكُونَ tushrikoona associate partners (with Allah) ش ر ك

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 65

قُلْ هُوَ ٱلْقَادِرُ عَلَىٰٓ أَن يَبْعَثَ عَلَيْكُمْ عَذَابًۭا مِّن فَوْقِكُمْ أَوْ مِن تَحْتِ أَرْجُلِكُمْ أَوْ يَلْبِسَكُمْ شِيَعًۭا وَيُذِيقَ بَعْضَكُم بَأْسَ بَعْضٍ ۗ ٱنظُرْ كَيْفَ نُصَرِّفُ ٱلْآيَٰتِ لَعَلَّهُمْ يَفْقَهُونَ.(65)

Say, "He is the [one] Able to send upon you affliction from above you or from beneath your feet or to confuse you [so you become] sects1 and make you taste the violence of one another." Look how We diversify the signs that they might understand. [Al-Anaam: 65]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 65

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Say, "He is the [one] Able to send upon you affliction from above you or from beneath your feet or to confuse you [so you become] sects1 and make you taste the violence of one another." Look how We diversify the signs that they might understand.

Transliteration

Ayah 65

Qul huwa alqadiru AAala an yabAAatha AAalaykum AAathaban min fawqikum aw min tahti arjulikum aw yalbisakum shiyaAAan wayutheeqa baAAdakum basa baAAdin onthur kayfa nusarrifu alayati laAAallahum yafqahoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 65

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قُلْ Qul Say ق و ل
2 هُوَ huwa He
3 الْقَادِرُ alqadiru (is) All-Capable ق د ر
4 عَلَىٰٓ AAala [on]
5 أَن an to
6 يَبْعَثَ yabAAatha send ب ع ث
7 عَلَيْكُمْ AAalaykum upon you
8 عَذَابًا AAathaban punishment ع ذ ب
9 مِّن min from
10 فَوْقِكُمْ fawqikum above you ف و ق
11 أَوْ aw or
12 مِن min from
13 تَحْتِ tahti beneath ت ح ت
14 أَرْجُلِكُمْ arjulikum your feet ر ج ل
15 أَوْ aw or
16 يَلْبِسَكُمْ yalbisakum (to) confuse you ل ب س
17 شِيَعًا shiyaAAan (into) sects ش ي ع
18 وَيُذِيقَ wayutheeqa and make (you) taste ذ و ق
19 بَعْضَكُم baAAdakum some of you ب ع ض
20 بَأْسَ basa violence ب أ س
21 بَعْضٍ baAAdin (of) others ب ع ض
22 انظُرْ onthur See ن ظ ر
23 كَيْفَ kayfa how? ك ي ف
24 نُصَرِّفُ nusarrifu We explain ص ر ف
25 الاٰيَاتِ alayati the Signs أ ي ي
26 لَعَلَّهُمْ laAAallahum so that they may
27 يَفْقَهُونَ yafqahoona understand ف ق ه

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 66

وَكَذَّبَ بِهِۦ قَوْمُكَ وَهُوَ ٱلْحَقُّ ۚ قُل لَّسْتُ عَلَيْكُم بِوَكِيلٍۢ.(66)

But your people have denied it while it is the truth. Say, "I am not over you a manager [i.e., authority]." [Al-Anaam: 66]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 66

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

But your people have denied it while it is the truth. Say, "I am not over you a manager [i.e., authority]."

Transliteration

Ayah 66

Wakaththaba bihi qawmuka wahuwa alhaqqu qul lastu AAalaykum biwakeelin

Word-by-word

Ayah 66

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَكَذَّبَ Wakaththaba But denied ك ذ ب
2 بِهِۦ bihi it
3 قَوْمُكَ qawmuka your people ق و م
4 وَهُوَ wahuwa while it
5 الْحَقُّ alhaqqu (is) the truth ح ق ق
6 قُل qul Say ق و ل
7 لَّسْتُ lastu I am not ل ي س
8 عَلَيْكُم AAalaykum over you
9 بِوَكِيلٍ biwakeelin a manager و ك ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 67

لِّكُلِّ نَبَإٍۢ مُّسْتَقَرٌّ ۚ وَسَوْفَ تَعْلَمُونَ.(67)

For every news [i.e., happening] is a finality;1 and you are going to know. [Al-Anaam: 67]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 67

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

For every news [i.e., happening] is a finality;1 and you are going to know.

Transliteration

Ayah 67

Likulli nabain mustaqarrun wasawfa taAAlamoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 67

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 لِّكُلِّ Likulli For every ك ل ل
2 نَبَإٍ nabain news ن ب أ
3 مُّسْتَقَرٌّ mustaqarrun (is) a fixed time ق ر ر
4 وَسَوْفَ wasawfa and soon
5 تَعْلَمُونَ taAAlamoona you will know ع ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 68

وَإِذَا رَأَيْتَ ٱلَّذِينَ يَخُوضُونَ فِىٓ ءَايَـٰتِنَا فَأَعْرِضْ عَنْهُمْ حَتَّىٰ يَخُوضُوا۟ فِى حَدِيثٍ غَيْرِهِۦ ۚ وَإِمَّا يُنسِيَنَّكَ ٱلشَّيْطَـٰنُ فَلَا تَقْعُدْ بَعْدَ ٱلذِّكْرَىٰ مَعَ ٱلْقَوْمِ ٱلظَّـٰلِمِينَ(68)

And when you see those who engage in [offensive] discourse1 concerning Our verses, then turn away from them until they enter into another conversation. And if Satan should cause you to forget, then do not remain after the reminder with the wrongdoing people. [Al-Anaam: 68]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 68

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And when you see those who engage in [offensive] discourse1 concerning Our verses, then turn away from them until they enter into another conversation. And if Satan should cause you to forget, then do not remain after the reminder with the wrongdoing people.

Transliteration

Ayah 68

Waitha raayta allatheena yakhoodoona fee ayatina faaAArid AAanhum hatta yakhoodoo fee hadeethin ghayrihi waimma yunsiyannaka alshshaytanu fala taqAAud baAAda alththikra maAAa alqawmi alththalimeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 68

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَإِذَا Waitha And when
2 رَأَيْتَ raayta you see ر أ ي
3 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
4 يَخُوضُونَ yakhoodoona engage (in vain talks) خ و ض
5 فِىٓ fee about
6 اٰيَاتِنَا ayatina Our Verses أ ي ي
7 فَأَعْرِضْ faaAArid then turn away ع ر ض
8 عَنْهُمْ AAanhum from them
9 حَتَّىٰ hatta until
10 يَخُوضُواْ yakhoodoo they engage خ و ض
11 فِى fee in
12 حَدِيثٍ hadeethin a talk ح د ث
13 غَيْرِهِۦ ghayrihi other than it غ ي ر
14 وَإِمَّا waimma And if
15 يُنسِيَنَّكَ yunsiyannaka causes you to forget ن س ي
16 الشَّيْطَانُ alshshaytanu the Shaitaan ش ط ن
17 فَلَا fala then (do) not
18 تَقْعُدْ taqAAud sit ق ع د
19 بَعْدَ baAAda after ب ع د
20 الذِّكْرَىٰ alththikra the reminder ذ ك ر
21 مَعَ maAAa with
22 الْقَوْمِ alqawmi the people ق و م
23 الظَّالِمِينَ alththalimeena the wrongdoers ظ ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 69

وَمَا عَلَى ٱلَّذِينَ يَتَّقُونَ مِنْ حِسَابِهِم مِّن شَىْءٍۢ وَلَٰكِن ذِكْرَىٰ لَعَلَّهُمْ يَتَّقُونَ.(69)

And those who fear Allāh are not held accountable for them [i.e., the disbelievers] at all, but [only for] a reminder - that perhaps they will fear Him. [Al-Anaam: 69]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 69

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And those who fear Allāh are not held accountable for them [i.e., the disbelievers] at all, but [only for] a reminder - that perhaps they will fear Him.

Transliteration

Ayah 69

Wama AAala allatheena yattaqoona min hisabihim min shayin walakin thikra laAAallahum yattaqoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 69

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَمَا Wama And not
2 عَلَى AAala (is) on
3 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
4 يَتَّقُونَ yattaqoona fear (Allah) و ق ي
5 مِنْ min of
6 حِسَابِهِم hisabihim their account
7 مِّن min [of]
8 شَىْءٍ shayin anything ش ي أ
9 وَلَٰكِن walakin but
10 ذِكْرَىٰ thikra (for) reminder ذ ك ر
11 لَعَلَّهُمْ laAAallahum so that they may
12 يَتَّقُونَ yattaqoona fear (Allah) و ق ي

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 70

وَذَرِ ٱلَّذِينَ ٱتَّخَذُوا۟ دِينَهُمْ لَعِبًۭا وَلَهْوًۭا وَغَرَّتْهُمُ ٱلْحَيَوٰةُ ٱلدُّنْيَا ۚ وَذَكِّرْ بِهِۦٓ أَن تُبْسَلَ نَفْسٌۢ بِمَا كَسَبَتْ لَيْسَ لَهَا مِن دُونِ ٱللَّهِ وَلِىٌّ وَلَا شَفِيعٌۭ وَإِن تَعْدِلْ كُلَّ عَدْلٍۢ لَّا يُؤْخَذْ مِنْهَآ ۗ أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ ٱلَّذِينَ أُبْسِلُوا۟ بِمَا كَسَبُوا۟ ۖ لَهُمْ شَرَابٌۭ مِّنْ حَمِيمٍۢ وَعَذَابٌ أَلِيمٌۢ بِمَا كَانُوا۟ يَكْفُرُونَ.(70)

And leave those who take their religion as amusement and diversion and whom the worldly life has deluded. But remind with it [i.e., the Qur’ān], lest a soul be given up to destruction for what it earned; it will have other than Allāh no protector and no intercessor. And if it should offer every compensation, it would not be taken from it [i.e., that soul]. Those are the ones who are given to destruction for what they have earned. For them will be a drink of scalding water and a painful punishment because they used to disbelieve. [Al-Anaam: 70]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 70

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And leave those who take their religion as amusement and diversion and whom the worldly life has deluded. But remind with it [i.e., the Qur’ān], lest a soul be given up to destruction for what it earned; it will have other than Allāh no protector and no intercessor. And if it should offer every compensation, it would not be taken from it [i.e., that soul]. Those are the ones who are given to destruction for what they have earned. For them will be a drink of scalding water and a painful punishment because they used to disbelieve.

Transliteration

Ayah 70

Wathari allatheena ittakhathoo deenahum laAAiban walahwan wagharrathumu alhayatu alddunya wathakkir bihi an tubsala nafsun bima kasabat laysa laha min dooni Allahi waliyyun wala shafeeAAun wain taAAdil kulla AAadlin la yukhath minha olaika allatheena obsiloo bima kasaboo lahum sharabun min hameemin waAAathabun aleemun bima kanoo yakfuroona

Word-by-word

Ayah 70

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَذَرِ Wathari And leave و ذ ر
2 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
3 اتَّخَذُواْ ittakhathoo take أ خ ذ
4 دِينَهُمْ deenahum their religion د ي ن
5 لَعِبًا laAAiban (as) a play ل ع ب
6 وَلَهْوًا walahwan and amusement ل ه و
7 وَغَرَّتْهُمُ wagharrathumu and deluded them غ ر ر
8 الْحَيَاةُ alhayatu the life ح ي ي
9 الدُّنْيَا alddunya (of) the world د ن و
10 وَذَكِّرْ wathakkir But remind ذ ك ر
11 بِهِۦٓ bihi with it
12 أَن an lest
13 تُبْسَلَ tubsala is given up to destruction ب س ل
14 نَفْسٌ nafsun a soul ن ف س
15 بِمَا bima for what
16 كَسَبَتْ kasabat it (has) earned ك س ب
17 لَيْسَ laysa not ل ي س
18 لَهَا laha (is) for it
19 مِن min from
20 دُونِ dooni besides د و ن
21 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
22 وَلِيٌّ waliyyun any protector و ل ي
23 وَلَا wala and not
24 شَفِيعٌ shafeeAAun any intercessor ش ف ع
25 وَإِن wain And if
26 تَعْدِلْ taAAdil it offers ransom ع د ل
27 كُلَّ kulla every ك ل ل
28 عَدْلٍ AAadlin ransom ع د ل
29 لَّا la not
30 يُؤْخَذْ yukhath will it be taken أ خ ذ
31 مِنْهَآ minha from it
32 أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ olaika Those
33 الَّذِينَ allatheena (are) ones who
34 أُبْسِلُواْ obsiloo are given to destruction ب س ل
35 بِمَا bima for what
36 كَسَبُواْ kasaboo they earned ك س ب
37 لَهُمْ lahum For them
38 شَرَابٌ sharabun (will be) a drink ش ر ب
39 مِّنْ min of
40 حَمِيمٍ hameemin boiling water ح م م
41 وَعَذَابٌ waAAathabun and a punishment ع ذ ب
42 أَلِيمٌ aleemun painful أ ل م
43 بِمَا bima because
44 كَانُواْ kanoo they used to ك و ن
45 يَكْفُرُونَ yakfuroona disbelieve ك ف ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 71

قُلْ أَنَدْعُوا۟ مِن دُونِ ٱللَّهِ مَا لَا يَنفَعُنَا وَلَا يَضُرُّنَا وَنُرَدُّ عَلَىٰٓ أَعْقَابِنَا بَعْدَ إِذْ هَدَىٰنَا ٱللَّهُ كَٱلَّذِى ٱسْتَهْوَتْهُ ٱلشَّيَٰطِينُ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ حَيْرَانَ لَهُۥٓ أَصْحَٰبٌۭ يَدْعُونَهُۥٓ إِلَى ٱلْهُدَى ٱئْتِنَا ۗ قُلْ إِنَّ هُدَى ٱللَّهِ هُوَ ٱلْهُدَىٰ ۖ وَأُمِرْنَا لِنُسْلِمَ لِرَبِّ ٱلْعَٰلَمِينَ.(71)

Say, "Shall we invoke1 instead of Allāh that which neither benefits us nor harms us and be turned back on our heels after Allāh has guided us? [We would then be] like one whom the devils enticed [to wander] upon the earth confused, [while] he has companions inviting him to guidance, [calling], 'Come to us.'"2 Say, "Indeed, the guidance of Allāh is the [only] guidance; and we have been commanded to submit to the Lord of the worlds. [Al-Anaam: 71]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 71

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Say, "Shall we invoke1 instead of Allāh that which neither benefits us nor harms us and be turned back on our heels after Allāh has guided us? [We would then be] like one whom the devils enticed [to wander] upon the earth confused, [while] he has companions inviting him to guidance, [calling], 'Come to us.'"2 Say, "Indeed, the guidance of Allāh is the [only] guidance; and we have been commanded to submit to the Lord of the worlds.

Transliteration

Ayah 71

Qul anadAAoo min dooni Allahi ma la yanfaAAuna wala yadurruna wanuraddu AAala aAAqabina baAAda ith hadana Allahu kaallathee istahwathu alshshayateenu fee alardi hayrana lahu ashabun yadAAoonahu ila alhuda itina qul inna huda Allahi huwa alhuda waomirna linuslima lirabbi alAAalameena

Word-by-word

Ayah 71

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قُلْ Qul Say ق و ل
2 أَنَدْعُوا anadAAoo Shall we call? د ع و
3 مِن min from
4 دُونِ dooni besides د و ن
5 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
6 مَا ma what
7 لَا la not
8 يَنفَعُنَا yanfaAAuna benefits us ن ف ع
9 وَلَا wala and not
10 يَضُرُّنَا yadurruna harms us ض ر ر
11 وَنُرَدُّ wanuraddu and we turn back ر د د
12 عَلَىٰٓ AAala on
13 أَعْقَابِنَا aAAqabina our heels ع ق ب
14 بَعْدَ baAAda after ب ع د
15 إِذْ ith [when]
16 هَدَانَا hadana (has) guided us ه د ي
17 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
18 كَالَّذِى kaallathee Like the one
19 اسْتَهْوَتْهُ istahwathu whom (has been) enticed ه و ي
20 الشَّيَاطِينُ alshshayateenu (by) the Shaitaan ش ط ن
21 فِى fee in
22 الْأَرْضِ alardi the earth أ ر ض
23 حَيْرَانَ hayrana confused ح ي ر
24 لَهُۥٓ lahu he has
25 أَصْحَابٌ ashabun companions ص ح ب
26 يَدْعُونَهُۥٓ yadAAoonahu who call him د ع و
27 إِلَى ila towards
28 الْهُدَى alhuda the guidance ه د ي
29 ائْتِنَا itina Come to us أ ت ي
30 قُلْ qul Say ق و ل
31 إِنَّ inna Indeed
32 هُدَى huda (the) Guidance ه د ي
33 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
34 هُوَ huwa it
35 الْهُدَىٰ alhuda (is) the Guidance ه د ي
36 وَأُمِرْنَا waomirna and we have been commanded أ م ر
37 لِنُسْلِمَ linuslima that we submit س ل م
38 لِرَبِّ lirabbi to (the) Lord ر ب ب
39 الْعَالَمِينَ alAAalameena (of) the worlds ع ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 72

وَأَنْ أَقِيمُوا۟ ٱلصَّلَوٰةَ وَٱتَّقُوهُ ۚ وَهُوَ ٱلَّذِىٓ إِلَيْهِ تُحْشَرُونَ.(72)

And to establish prayer and fear Him." And it is He to whom you will be gathered. [Al-Anaam: 72]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 72

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And to establish prayer and fear Him." And it is He to whom you will be gathered.

Transliteration

Ayah 72

Waan aqeemoo alssalata waittaqoohu wahuwa allathee ilayhi tuhsharoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 72

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَأَنْ Waan And to
2 أَقِيمُواْ aqeemoo establish ق و م
3 الصَّلَوٰةَ alssalata the prayer ص ل و
4 وَاتَّقُوهُ waittaqoohu and fear Him و ق ي
5 وَهُوَ wahuwa And He
6 الَّذِىٓ allathee (is) the One
7 إِلَيْهِ ilayhi to Him
8 تُحْشَرُونَ tuhsharoona you will be gathered ح ش ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 73

وَهُوَ ٱلَّذِى خَلَقَ ٱلسَّمَٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضَ بِٱلْحَقِّ ۖ وَيَوْمَ يَقُولُ كُن فَيَكُونُ ۚ قَوْلُهُ ٱلْحَقُّ ۚ وَلَهُ ٱلْمُلْكُ يَوْمَ يُنفَخُ فِى ٱلصُّورِ ۚ عَٰلِمُ ٱلْغَيْبِ وَٱلشَّهَٰدَةِ ۚ وَهُوَ ٱلْحَكِيمُ ٱلْخَبِيرُ.(73)

And it is He who created the heavens and earth in truth. And the day [i.e., whenever] He says, "Be," and it is, His word is the truth.1 And His is the dominion [on] the Day the Horn is blown. [He is] Knower of the unseen2 and the witnessed;3 and He is the Wise, the Aware. [Al-Anaam: 73]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 73

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And it is He who created the heavens and earth in truth. And the day [i.e., whenever] He says, "Be," and it is, His word is the truth.1 And His is the dominion [on] the Day the Horn is blown. [He is] Knower of the unseen2 and the witnessed;3 and He is the Wise, the Aware.

Transliteration

Ayah 73

Wahuwa allathee khalaqa alssamawati waalarda bialhaqqi wayawma yaqoolu kun fayakoonu qawluhu alhaqqu walahu almulku yawma yunfakhu fee alssoori AAalimu alghaybi waalshshahadati wahuwa alhakeemu alkhabeeru

Word-by-word

Ayah 73

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَهُوَ Wahuwa And (it is) He
2 الَّذِى allathee Who
3 خَلَقَ khalaqa created خ ل ق
4 السَّمَاوَاتِ alssamawati the heavens س م و
5 وَالْأَرْضَ waalarda and the earth أ ر ض
6 بِالْحَقِّ bialhaqqi in truth
7 وَيَوْمَ wayawma And (the) Day ي و م
8 يَقُولُ yaqoolu He says ق و ل
9 كُن kun Be ك و ن
10 فَيَكُونُ fayakoonu and it is ك و ن
11 قَوْلُهُ qawluhu His word ق و ل
12 الْحَقُّ alhaqqu (is) the truth ح ق ق
13 وَلَهُ walahu And for Him
14 الْمُلْكُ almulku (is) the Dominion م ل ك
15 يَوْمَ yawma (on the) Day ي و م
16 يُنفَخُ yunfakhu will be blown ن ف خ
17 فِى fee in
18 الصُّورِ alssoori the trumpet ص و ر
19 عَالِمُ AAalimu (He is) All-Knower ع ل م
20 الْغَيْبِ alghaybi (of) the unseen غ ي ب
21 وَالشَّهَادَةِ waalshshahadati and the seen ش ه د
22 وَهُوَ wahuwa And He
23 الْحَكِيمُ alhakeemu (is) the All-Wise ح ك م
24 الْخَبِيرُ alkhabeeru the All-Aware خ ب ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 74

وَإِذْ قَالَ إِبْرَٰهِيمُ لِأَبِيهِ ءَازَرَ أَتَتَّخِذُ أَصْنَامًا ءَالِهَةً ۖ إِنِّىٓ أَرَىٰكَ وَقَوْمَكَ فِى ضَلَٰلٍۢ مُّبِينٍۢ.(74)

And [mention, O Muḥammad], when Abraham said to his father Āzar, "Do you take idols as deities? Indeed, I see you and your people to be in manifest error." [Al-Anaam: 74]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 74

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And [mention, O Muḥammad], when Abraham said to his father Āzar, "Do you take idols as deities? Indeed, I see you and your people to be in manifest error."

Transliteration

Ayah 74

Waith qala ibraheemu liabeehi azara atattakhithu asnaman alihatan innee araka waqawmaka fee dalalin mubeenin

Word-by-word

Ayah 74

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَإِذْ Waith And when
2 قَالَ qala said ق و ل
3 إِبْرَاهِيمُ ibraheemu Ibrahim
4 لِأَبِيهِ liabeehi to his father أ ب و
5 اٰزَرَ azara Azar
6 أَتَتَّخِذُ atattakhithu Do you take? أ خ ذ
7 أَصْنَامًا asnaman idols ص ن م
8 اٰلِهَةً alihatan (as) gods أ ل ه
9 إِنِّىٓ innee Indeed I
10 أَرَاكَ araka [I] see you ر أ ي
11 وَقَوْمَكَ waqawmaka and your people ق و م
12 فِى fee in
13 ضَلَالٍ dalalin error ض ل ل
14 مُّبِينٍ mubeenin manifest ب ي ن

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 75

وَكَذَٰلِكَ نُرِىٓ إِبْرَٰهِيمَ مَلَكُوتَ ٱلسَّمَٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ وَلِيَكُونَ مِنَ ٱلْمُوقِنِينَ.(75)

And thus did We show Abraham the realm of the heavens and the earth that he would be among the certain [in faith]. [Al-Anaam: 75]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 75

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And thus did We show Abraham the realm of the heavens and the earth that he would be among the certain [in faith].

Transliteration

Ayah 75

Wakathalika nuree ibraheema malakoota alssamawati waalardi waliyakoona mina almooqineena

Word-by-word

Ayah 75

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَكَذَٰلِكَ Wakathalika And thus
2 نُرِىٓ nuree We show(ed) ر أ ي
3 إِبْرَاهِيمَ ibraheema Ibrahim
4 مَلَكُوتَ malakoota the kingdom م ل ك
5 السَّمَاوَاتِ alssamawati (of) the heavens س م و
6 وَالْأَرْضِ waalardi and the earth أ ر ض
7 وَلِيَكُونَ waliyakoona so that he would be ك و ن
8 مِنَ mina among
9 الْمُوقِنِينَ almooqineena the ones who are certain ي ق ن

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 76

فَلَمَّا جَنَّ عَلَيْهِ ٱلَّيْلُ رَءَا كَوْكَبًۭا ۖ قَالَ هَٰذَا رَبِّى ۖ فَلَمَّآ أَفَلَ قَالَ لَآ أُحِبُّ ٱلْآفِلِينَ.(76)

So when the night covered him [with darkness], he saw a star. He said, "This is my lord."1 But when it set, he said, "I like not those that set [i.e., disappear]." [Al-Anaam: 76]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 76

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

So when the night covered him [with darkness], he saw a star. He said, "This is my lord."1 But when it set, he said, "I like not those that set [i.e., disappear]."

Transliteration

Ayah 76

Falamma janna AAalayhi allaylu raa kawkaban qala hatha rabbee falamma afala qala la ohibbu alafileena

Word-by-word

Ayah 76

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 فَلَمَّا Falamma So when
2 جَنَّ janna covered ج ن ن
3 عَلَيْهِ AAalayhi over him
4 الَّيْلُ allaylu the night ل ي ل
5 رَأَى raa he saw ر أ ي
6 كَوْكَبًا kawkaban a star ك و ك ب
7 قَالَ qala He said ق و ل
8 هَٰذَا hatha This
9 رَبِّى rabbee (is) my Lord ر ب ب
10 فَلَمَّآ falamma But when
11 أَفَلَ afala it set أ ف ل
12 قَالَ qala he said ق و ل
13 لَآ la Not
14 أُحِبُّ ohibbu (do) I like ح ب ب
15 الاٰفِلِينَ alafileena the ones that set أ ف ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 77

فَلَمَّا رَءَا ٱلْقَمَرَ بَازِغًۭا قَالَ هَٰذَا رَبِّى ۖ فَلَمَّآ أَفَلَ قَالَ لَئِن لَّمْ يَهْدِنِى رَبِّى لَأَكُونَنَّ مِنَ ٱلْقَوْمِ ٱلضَّآلِّينَ.(77)

And when he saw the moon rising, he said, "This is my lord." But when it set, he said, "Unless my Lord guides me, I will surely be among the people gone astray." [Al-Anaam: 77]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 77

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And when he saw the moon rising, he said, "This is my lord." But when it set, he said, "Unless my Lord guides me, I will surely be among the people gone astray."

Transliteration

Ayah 77

Falamma raa alqamara bazighan qala hatha rabbee falamma afala qala lain lam yahdinee rabbee laakoonanna mina alqawmi alddalleena

Word-by-word

Ayah 77

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 فَلَمَّا Falamma When
2 رَأَى raa he saw ر أ ي
3 الْقَمَرَ alqamara the moon ق م ر
4 بَازِغًا bazighan rising ب ز غ
5 قَالَ qala he said ق و ل
6 هَٰذَا hatha This
7 رَبِّى rabbee (is) my Lord ر ب ب
8 فَلَمَّآ falamma But when
9 أَفَلَ afala it set أ ف ل
10 قَالَ qala he said ق و ل
11 لَئِن lain If
12 لَّمْ lam (does) not
13 يَهْدِنِى yahdinee guide me ه د ي
14 رَبِّى rabbee my Lord ر ب ب
15 لَأَكُونَنَّ laakoonanna I will surely be ك و ن
16 مِنَ mina among
17 الْقَوْمِ alqawmi the people ق و م
18 الضَّآلِّينَ alddalleena who went astray ض ل ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 78

فَلَمَّا رَءَا ٱلشَّمْسَ بَازِغَةًۭ قَالَ هَٰذَا رَبِّى هَٰذَآ أَكْبَرُ ۖ فَلَمَّآ أَفَلَتْ قَالَ يَٰقَوْمِ إِنِّى بَرِىٓءٌۭ مِّمَّا تُشْرِكُونَ.(78)

And when he saw the sun rising, he said, "This is my lord; this is greater." But when it set, he said, "O my people, indeed I am free from what you associate with Allāh. [Al-Anaam: 78]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 78

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And when he saw the sun rising, he said, "This is my lord; this is greater." But when it set, he said, "O my people, indeed I am free from what you associate with Allāh.

Transliteration

Ayah 78

Falamma raa alshshamsa bazighatan qala hatha rabbee hatha akbaru falamma afalat qala ya qawmi innee bareeon mimma tushrikoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 78

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 فَلَمَّا Falamma When
2 رَأَى raa he saw ر أ ي
3 الشَّمْسَ alshshamsa the sun ش م س
4 بَازِغَةً bazighatan rising ب ز غ
5 قَالَ qala he said ق و ل
6 هَٰذَا hatha This (is)
7 رَبِّى rabbee my Lord ر ب ب
8 هَٰذَآ hatha this (is)
9 أَكْبَرُ akbaru greater ك ب ر
10 فَلَمَّآ falamma But when
11 أَفَلَتْ afalat it set أ ف ل
12 قَالَ qala he said ق و ل
13 يَاقَوْمِ yaqawmi O my people! ق و م
14 إِنِّى innee Indeed I am
15 بَرِيءٌ bareeon free ب ر أ
16 مِّمَّا mimma of what
17 تُشْرِكُونَ tushrikoona you associate (with Allah) ش ر ك

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 79

إِنِّى وَجَّهْتُ وَجْهِىَ لِلَّذِى فَطَرَ ٱلسَّمَٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضَ حَنِيفًۭا ۖ وَمَآ أَنَا۠ مِنَ ٱلْمُشْرِكِينَ.(79)

Indeed, I have turned my face [i.e., self] toward He who created the heavens and the earth, inclining toward truth, and I am not of those who associate others with Allāh." [Al-Anaam: 79]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 79

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Indeed, I have turned my face [i.e., self] toward He who created the heavens and the earth, inclining toward truth, and I am not of those who associate others with Allāh."

Transliteration

Ayah 79

Innee wajjahtu wajhiya lillathee fatara alssamawati waalarda haneefan wama ana mina almushrikeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 79

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 إِنِّى Innee Indeed I
2 وَجَّهْتُ wajjahtu [I] have turned و ج ه
3 وَجْهِىَ wajhiya my face و ج ه
4 لِلَّذِى lillathee to the One Who
5 فَطَرَ fatara created ف ط ر
6 السَّمَاوَاتِ alssamawati the heavens س م و
7 وَالْأَرْضَ waalarda and the earth أ ر ض
8 حَنِيفًا haneefan (as) a true monotheist ح ن ف
9 وَمَآ wama and not
10 أَنَا ana I (am)
11 مِنَ mina of
12 الْمُشْرِكِينَ almushrikeena the polytheists ش ر ك

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 80

وَحَآجَّهُۥ قَوْمُهُۥ ۚ قَالَ أَتُحَٰٓجُّوٓنِّى فِى ٱللَّهِ وَقَدْ هَدَىٰنِ ۚ وَلَآ أَخَافُ مَا تُشْرِكُونَ بِهِۦٓ إِلَّآ أَن يَشَآءَ رَبِّى شَيْـًۭٔا ۗ وَسِعَ رَبِّى كُلَّ شَىْءٍ عِلْمًا ۗ أَفَلَا تَتَذَكَّرُونَ.(80)

And his people argued with him. He said, "Do you argue with me concerning Allāh while He has guided me? And I fear not what you associate with Him [and will not be harmed] unless my Lord should will something. My Lord encompasses all things in knowledge; then will you not remember? [Al-Anaam: 80]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 80

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And his people argued with him. He said, "Do you argue with me concerning Allāh while He has guided me? And I fear not what you associate with Him [and will not be harmed] unless my Lord should will something. My Lord encompasses all things in knowledge; then will you not remember?

Transliteration

Ayah 80

Wahajjahu qawmuhu qala atuhajjoonnee fee Allahi waqad hadani wala akhafu ma tushrikoona bihi illa an yashaa rabbee shayan wasiAAa rabbee kulla shayin AAilman afala tatathakkaroona

Word-by-word

Ayah 80

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَحَآجَّهُۥ Wahajjahu And argued with him ح ج ج
2 قَوْمُهُۥ qawmuhu his people ق و م
3 قَالَ qala He said ق و ل
4 أَتُحَاجُّونِّى atuhajjoonnee Do you argue with me? ح ج ج
5 فِى fee concerning
6 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
7 وَقَدْ waqad while certainly
8 هَدَانِ hadani He has guided me ه د ي
9 وَلَآ wala And not
10 أَخَافُ akhafu (do) I fear خ و ف
11 مَا ma what
12 تُشْرِكُونَ tushrikoona you associate ش ر ك
13 بِهِۦٓ bihi with Him
14 إِلَّآ illa unless
15 أَن an [that]
16 يَشَآءَ yashaa wills ش ي أ
17 رَبِّى rabbee my Lord ر ب ب
18 شَيْئًا shayan anything ش ي أ
19 وَسِعَ wasiAAa Encompasses و س ع
20 رَبِّى rabbee my Lord ر ب ب
21 كُلَّ kulla every ك ل ل
22 شَىْءٍ shayin thing ش ي أ
23 عِلْمًا AAilman (in) knowledge ع ل م
24 أَفَلَا afala Then will not?
25 تَتَذَكَّرُونَ tatathakkaroona you take heed ذ ك ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 81

وَكَيْفَ أَخَافُ مَآ أَشْرَكْتُمْ وَلَا تَخَافُونَ أَنَّكُمْ أَشْرَكْتُم بِٱللَّـهِ مَا لَمْ يُنَزِّلْ بِهِۦ عَلَيْكُمْ سُلْطَـٰنًا ۚ فَأَىُّ ٱلْفَرِيقَيْنِ أَحَقُّ بِٱلْأَمْنِ ۖ إِن كُنتُمْ تَعْلَمُونَ(81)

And how should I fear what you associate while you do not fear that you have associated with Allāh that for which He has not sent down to you any authority? So which of the two parties has more right to security, if you should know?" [Al-Anaam: 81]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 81

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And how should I fear what you associate while you do not fear that you have associated with Allāh that for which He has not sent down to you any authority? So which of the two parties has more right to security, if you should know?"

Transliteration

Ayah 81

Wakayfa akhafu ma ashraktum wala takhafoona annakum ashraktum biAllahi ma lam yunazzil bihi AAalaykum sultanan faayyu alfareeqayni ahaqqu bialamni in kuntum taAAlamoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 81

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَكَيْفَ Wakayfa And how? ك ي ف
2 أَخَافُ akhafu could I fear خ و ف
3 مَآ ma what
4 أَشْرَكْتُمْ ashraktum you associate (with Allah) ش ر ك
5 وَلَا wala while not
6 تَخَافُونَ takhafoona you fear خ و ف
7 أَنَّكُمْ annakum that you
8 أَشْرَكْتُم ashraktum have associated ش ر ك
9 بِاللهِ biAllahi with Allah أ ل ه
10 مَا ma what
11 لَمْ lam not
12 يُنَزِّلْ yunazzil did He send down ن ز ل
13 بِهِۦ bihi for it
14 عَلَيْكُمْ AAalaykum to you
15 سُلْطَانًا sultanan any authority س ل ط
16 فَأَىُّ faayyu So which?
17 الْفَرِيقَيْنِ alfareeqayni (of) the two parties ف ر ق
18 أَحَقُّ ahaqqu has more right ح ق ق
19 بِالْأَمْنِ bialamni to security أ م ن
20 إِن in if
21 كُنتُمْ kuntum you ك و ن
22 تَعْلَمُونَ taAAlamoona know ع ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 82

ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ وَلَمْ يَلْبِسُوٓا۟ إِيمَٰنَهُم بِظُلْمٍ أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ لَهُمُ ٱلْأَمْنُ وَهُم مُّهْتَدُونَ.(82)

They who believe and do not mix their belief with injustice1 - those will have security, and they are [rightly] guided. [Al-Anaam: 82]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 82

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

They who believe and do not mix their belief with injustice1 - those will have security, and they are [rightly] guided.

Transliteration

Ayah 82

Allatheena amanoo walam yalbisoo eemanahum bithulmin olaika lahumu alamnu wahum muhtadoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 82

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 الَّذِينَ Allatheena Those who
2 اٰمَنُواْ amanoo believed أ م ن
3 وَلَمْ walam and (did) not
4 يَلْبِسُوٓاْ yalbisoo mix ل ب س
5 إِيمَانَهُم eemanahum their belief أ م ن
6 بِظُلْمٍ bithulmin with wrong ظ ل م
7 أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ olaika those
8 لَهُمُ lahumu for them
9 الْأَمْنُ alamnu (is) the security أ م ن
10 وَهُم wahum and they
11 مُّهْتَدُونَ muhtadoona (are) rightly guided ه د ي

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 83

وَتِلْكَ حُجَّتُنَآ ءَاتَيْنَٰهَآ إِبْرَٰهِيمَ عَلَىٰ قَوْمِهِۦ ۚ نَرْفَعُ دَرَجَٰتٍۢ مَّن نَّشَآءُ ۗ إِنَّ رَبَّكَ حَكِيمٌ عَلِيمٌۭ.(83)

And that was Our [conclusive] argument which We gave Abraham against his people. We raise by degrees whom We will. Indeed, your Lord is Wise and Knowing. [Al-Anaam: 83]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 83

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And that was Our [conclusive] argument which We gave Abraham against his people. We raise by degrees whom We will. Indeed, your Lord is Wise and Knowing.

Transliteration

Ayah 83

Watilka hujjatuna ataynaha ibraheema AAala qawmihi narfaAAu darajatin man nashao inna rabbaka hakeemun AAaleemun

Word-by-word

Ayah 83

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَتِلْكَ Watilka And this
2 حُجَّتُنَآ hujjatuna (is) Our argument ح ج ج
3 اٰتَيْنَاهَا ataynaha We gave it أ ت ي
4 إِبْرَاهِيمَ ibraheema (to) Ibrahim
5 عَلَىٰ AAala against
6 قَوْمِهِۦ qawmihi his people ق و م
7 نَرْفَعُ narfaAAu We raise ر ف ع
8 دَرَجَاتٍ darajatin (by) degrees د ر ج
9 مَّن man whom
10 نَّشَآءُ nashao We will ش ي أ
11 إِنَّ inna Indeed
12 رَبَّكَ rabbaka your Lord ر ب ب
13 حَكِيمٌ hakeemun (is) All-Wise ح ك م
14 عَلِيمٌ AAaleemun All-Knowing ع ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 84

وَوَهَبْنَا لَهُۥٓ إِسْحَٰقَ وَيَعْقُوبَ ۚ كُلًّا هَدَيْنَا ۚ وَنُوحًا هَدَيْنَا مِن قَبْلُ ۖ وَمِن ذُرِّيَّتِهِۦ دَاوُۥدَ وَسُلَيْمَٰنَ وَأَيُّوبَ وَيُوسُفَ وَمُوسَىٰ وَهَٰرُونَ ۚ وَكَذَٰلِكَ نَجْزِى ٱلْمُحْسِنِينَ.(84)

And We gave to him [i.e., Abraham] Isaac and Jacob - all [of them] We guided. And Noah, We guided before; and among his descendants, David and Solomon and Job and Joseph and Moses and Aaron. Thus do We reward the doers of good. [Al-Anaam: 84]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 84

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And We gave to him [i.e., Abraham] Isaac and Jacob - all [of them] We guided. And Noah, We guided before; and among his descendants, David and Solomon and Job and Joseph and Moses and Aaron. Thus do We reward the doers of good.

Transliteration

Ayah 84

Wawahabna lahu ishaqa wayaAAqooba kullan hadayna wanoohan hadayna min qablu wamin thurriyyatihi dawooda wasulaymana waayyooba wayoosufa wamoosa waharoona wakathalika najzee almuhsineena

Word-by-word

Ayah 84

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَوَهَبْنَا Wawahabna And We bestowed و ه ب
2 لَهُۥٓ lahu to him
3 إِسْحَٰقَ ishaqa Isaac
4 وَيَعْقُوبَ wayaAAqooba and Yaqub
5 كُلًّا kullan all ك ل ل
6 هَدَيْنَا hadayna We guided ه د ي
7 وَنُوحًا wanoohan And Nuh
8 هَدَيْنَا hadayna We guided ه د ي
9 مِن min from
10 قَبْلُ qablu before ق ب ل
11 وَمِن wamin and of
12 ذُرِّيَّتِهِۦ thurriyyatihi his descendents ذ ر ر
13 دَاوُۥدَ dawooda Dawood
14 وَسُلَيْمَانَ wasulaymana and Sulaiman
15 وَأَيُّوبَ waayyooba and Ayyub
16 وَيُوسُفَ wayoosufa and Yusuf
17 وَمُوسَىٰ wamoosa and Musa
18 وَهَارُونَ waharoona and Harun
19 وَكَذَٰلِكَ wakathalika And thus
20 نَجْزِى najzee We reward ج ز ي
21 الْمُحْسِنِينَ almuhsineena the good-doers ح س ن

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 85

وَزَكَرِيَّا وَيَحْيَىٰ وَعِيسَىٰ وَإِلْيَاسَ ۖ كُلٌّ مِّنَ ٱلصَّٰلِحِينَ.(85)

And Zechariah and John and Jesus and Elias - and all were of the righteous. [Al-Anaam: 85]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 85

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And Zechariah and John and Jesus and Elias - and all were of the righteous.

Transliteration

Ayah 85

Wazakariyya wayahya waAAeesa wailyasa kullun mina alssaliheena

Word-by-word

Ayah 85

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَزَكَرِيَّا Wazakariyya And Zakariya
2 وَيَحْيَىٰ wayahya and Yahya
3 وَعِيسَىٰ waAAeesa and Isa
4 وَإِلْيَاسَ wailyasa and Elijah
5 كُلٌّ kullun all (were) ك ل ل
6 مِّنَ mina of
7 الصَّالِحِينَ alssaliheena the righteous ص ل ح

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 86

وَإِسْمَٰعِيلَ وَٱلْيَسَعَ وَيُونُسَ وَلُوطًۭا ۚ وَكُلًّا فَضَّلْنَا عَلَى ٱلْعَٰلَمِينَ.(86)

And Ishmael and Elisha and Jonah and Lot - and all [of them] We preferred over the worlds. [Al-Anaam: 86]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 86

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And Ishmael and Elisha and Jonah and Lot - and all [of them] We preferred over the worlds.

Transliteration

Ayah 86

WaismaAAeela wailyasaAAa wayoonusa walootan wakullan faddalna AAala alAAalameena

Word-by-word

Ayah 86

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَإِسْمَاعِيلَ WaismaAAeela And Ismael
2 وَالْيَسَعَ wailyasaAAa and Elisha
3 وَيُونُسَ wayoonusa and Yunus
4 وَلُوطًا walootan and Lut
5 وَكُلًّا wakullan and all ك ل ل
6 فَضَّلْنَا faddalna We preferred ف ض ل
7 عَلَى AAala over
8 الْعَالَمِينَ alAAalameena the worlds ع ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 87

وَمِنْ ءَابَآئِهِمْ وَذُرِّيَّٰتِهِمْ وَإِخْوَٰنِهِمْ ۖ وَٱجْتَبَيْنَٰهُمْ وَهَدَيْنَٰهُمْ إِلَىٰ صِرَٰطٍۢ مُّسْتَقِيمٍۢ.(87)

And [some] among their fathers and their descendants and their brothers - and We chose them and We guided them to a straight path. [Al-Anaam: 87]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 87

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And [some] among their fathers and their descendants and their brothers - and We chose them and We guided them to a straight path.

Transliteration

Ayah 87

Wamin abaihim wathurriyyatihim waikhwanihim waijtabaynahum wahadaynahum ila siratin mustaqeemin

Word-by-word

Ayah 87

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَمِنْ Wamin And from
2 اٰبَآئِهِمْ abaihim their fathers أ ب و
3 وَذُرِّيَّاتِهِمْ wathurriyyatihim and their descendents ذ ر ر
4 وَإِخْوَانِهِمْ waikhwanihim and their brothers أ خ و
5 وَاجْتَبَيْنَاهُمْ waijtabaynahum and We chose them ج ب ي
6 وَهَدَيْنَاهُمْ wahadaynahum and We guided them ه د ي
7 إِلَىٰ ila to
8 صِرَاطٍ siratin a path ص ر ط
9 مُّسْتَقِيمٍ mustaqeemin straight ق و م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 88

ذَٰلِكَ هُدَى ٱللَّهِ يَهْدِى بِهِۦ مَن يَشَآءُ مِنْ عِبَادِهِۦ ۚ وَلَوْ أَشْرَكُوا۟ لَحَبِطَ عَنْهُم مَّا كَانُوا۟ يَعْمَلُونَ.(88)

That is the guidance of Allāh by which He guides whomever He wills of His servants. But if they had associated others with Allāh, then worthless for them would be whatever they were doing. [Al-Anaam: 88]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 88

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

That is the guidance of Allāh by which He guides whomever He wills of His servants. But if they had associated others with Allāh, then worthless for them would be whatever they were doing.

Transliteration

Ayah 88

Thalika huda Allahi yahdee bihi man yashao min AAibadihi walaw ashrakoo lahabita AAanhum ma kanoo yaAAmaloona

Word-by-word

Ayah 88

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 ذَٰلِكَ Thalika That
2 هُدَى huda (is the) Guidance ه د ي
3 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
4 يَهْدِى yahdee He guides ه د ي
5 بِهِۦ bihi with it
6 مَن man whom
7 يَشَآءُ yashao He wills ش ي أ
8 مِنْ min of
9 عِبَادِهِۦ AAibadihi His slaves ع ب د
10 وَلَوْ walaw But if
11 أَشْرَكُواْ ashrakoo they (had) associated partners (with Allah) ش ر ك
12 لَحَبِطَ lahabita surely (would be) worthless ح ب ط
13 عَنْهُم AAanhum for them
14 مَّا ma what
15 كَانُواْ kanoo they used to ك و ن
16 يَعْمَلُونَ yaAAmaloona do ع م ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 89

أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ ٱلَّذِينَ ءَاتَيْنَٰهُمُ ٱلْكِتَٰبَ وَٱلْحُكْمَ وَٱلنُّبُوَّةَ ۚ فَإِن يَكْفُرْ بِهَا هَٰٓؤُلَآءِ فَقَدْ وَكَّلْنَا بِهَا قَوْمًۭا لَّيْسُوا۟ بِهَا بِكَٰفِرِينَ.(89)

Those are the ones to whom We gave the Scripture and authority and prophethood. But if they [i.e., the disbelievers] deny it, then We have entrusted it to a people who are not therein disbelievers. [Al-Anaam: 89]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 89

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Those are the ones to whom We gave the Scripture and authority and prophethood. But if they [i.e., the disbelievers] deny it, then We have entrusted it to a people who are not therein disbelievers.

Transliteration

Ayah 89

Olaika allatheena ataynahumu alkitaba waalhukma waalnnubuwwata fain yakfur biha haolai faqad wakkalna biha qawman laysoo biha bikafireena

Word-by-word

Ayah 89

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ Olaika Those
2 الَّذِينَ allatheena (are) ones whom
3 اٰتَيْنَاهُمُ ataynahumu We gave them أ ت ي
4 الْكِتَابَ alkitaba the Book ك ت ب
5 وَالْحُكْمَ waalhukma and the judgment ح ك م
6 وَالنُّبُوَّةَ waalnnubuwwata and the Prophethood ن ب أ
7 فَإِن fain But if
8 يَكْفُرْ yakfur disbelieve ك ف ر
9 بِهَا biha in it
10 هَٰٓؤُلَآءِ haolai these
11 فَقَدْ faqad then indeed
12 وَكَّلْنَا wakkalna We have entrusted و ك ل
13 بِهَا biha on it
14 قَوْمًا qawman (to) a people ق و م
15 لَّيْسُواْ laysoo who are not ل ي س
16 بِهَا biha therein
17 بِكَافِرِينَ bikafireena disbelievers ك ف ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 90

أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ ٱلَّذِينَ هَدَى ٱللَّهُ ۖ فَبِهُدَىٰهُمُ ٱقْتَدِهْ ۗ قُل لَّآ أَسْـَٔلُكُمْ عَلَيْهِ أَجْرًا ۖ إِنْ هُوَ إِلَّا ذِكْرَىٰ لِلْعَٰلَمِينَ.(90)

Those are the ones whom Allāh has guided, so from their guidance take an example. Say, "I ask of you for it [i.e., this message] no payment. It is not but a reminder for the worlds." [Al-Anaam: 90]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 90

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Those are the ones whom Allāh has guided, so from their guidance take an example. Say, "I ask of you for it [i.e., this message] no payment. It is not but a reminder for the worlds."

Transliteration

Ayah 90

Olaika allatheena hada Allahu fabihudahumu iqtadih qul la asalukum AAalayhi ajran in huwa illa thikra lilAAalameena

Word-by-word

Ayah 90

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ Olaika Those
2 الَّذِينَ allatheena (are) ones whom
3 هَدَى hada (have been) guided ه د ي
4 اللهُ Allahu (by) Allah أ ل ه
5 فَبِهُدَاهُمُ fabihudahumu so of their guidance ه د ي
6 اقْتَدِهْ iqtadih you follow ق د و
7 قُل qul Say ق و ل
8 لَّآ la Not
9 أَسْأَلُكُمْ asalukum I ask you س أ ل
10 عَلَيْهِ AAalayhi for it
11 أَجْرًا ajran any reward أ ج ر
12 إِنْ in Not
13 هُوَ huwa (is) it
14 إِلَّا illa but
15 ذِكْرَىٰ thikra a reminder ذ ك ر
16 لِلْعَالَمِينَ lilAAalameena for the worlds ع ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 91

وَمَا قَدَرُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ حَقَّ قَدْرِهِۦٓ إِذْ قَالُوا۟ مَآ أَنزَلَ ٱللَّهُ عَلَىٰ بَشَرٍۢ مِّن شَىْءٍۢ ۗ قُلْ مَنْ أَنزَلَ ٱلْكِتَٰبَ ٱلَّذِى جَآءَ بِهِۦ مُوسَىٰ نُورًۭا وَهُدًۭى لِّلنَّاسِ ۖ تَجْعَلُونَهُۥ قَرَاطِيسَ تُبْدُونَهَا وَتُخْفُونَ كَثِيرًۭا ۖ وَعُلِّمْتُم مَّا لَمْ تَعْلَمُوٓا۟ أَنتُمْ وَلَآ ءَابَآؤُكُمْ ۖ قُلِ ٱللَّهُ ۖ ثُمَّ ذَرْهُمْ فِى خَوْضِهِمْ يَلْعَبُونَ.(91)

And they did not appraise Allāh with true appraisal1 when they said, "Allāh did not reveal to a human being anything." Say, "Who revealed the Scripture that Moses brought as light and guidance to the people? You [Jews] make it into pages, disclosing [some of] it and concealing much. And you2 were taught that which you knew not - neither you nor your fathers." Say, "Allāh [revealed it]." Then leave them in their [empty] discourse, amusing themselves. [Al-Anaam: 91]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 91

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And they did not appraise Allāh with true appraisal1 when they said, "Allāh did not reveal to a human being anything." Say, "Who revealed the Scripture that Moses brought as light and guidance to the people? You [Jews] make it into pages, disclosing [some of] it and concealing much. And you2 were taught that which you knew not - neither you nor your fathers." Say, "Allāh [revealed it]." Then leave them in their [empty] discourse, amusing themselves.

Transliteration

Ayah 91

Wama qadaroo Allaha haqqa qadrihi ith qaloo ma anzala Allahu AAala basharin min shayin qul man anzala alkitaba allathee jaa bihi moosa nooran wahudan lilnnasi tajAAaloonahu qarateesa tubdoonaha watukhfoona katheeran waAAullimtum ma lam taAAlamoo antum wala abaokum quli Allahu thumma tharhum fee khawdihim yalAAaboona

Word-by-word

Ayah 91

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَمَا Wama And not
2 قَدَرُواْ qadaroo they appraised ق د ر
3 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
4 حَقَّ haqqa (with) true ح ق ق
5 قَدْرِهِۦٓ qadrihi [of his] appraisal ق د ر
6 إِذْ ith when
7 قَالُواْ qaloo they said ق و ل
8 مَآ ma Not
9 أَنزَلَ anzala revealed ن ز ل
10 اللهُ Allahu (by) Allah أ ل ه
11 عَلَىٰ AAala on
12 بَشَرٍ basharin a human being ب ش ر
13 مِّن min [of]
14 شَىْءٍ shayin anything ش ي أ
15 قُلْ qul Say ق و ل
16 مَنْ man Who?
17 أَنزَلَ anzala revealed ن ز ل
18 الْكِتَابَ alkitaba the Book ك ت ب
19 الَّذِى allathee which
20 جَآءَ jaa brought ج ي أ
21 بِهِۦ bihi [it]
22 مُوسَىٰ moosa Musa
23 نُورًا nooran (as) a light ن و ر
24 وَهُدًى wahudan and guidance ه د ي
25 لِّلنَّاسِ lilnnasi for the people ن و س
26 تَجْعَلُونَهُ tajAAaloonahu You make it ج ع ل
27 قَرَاطِيسَ qarateesa (into) parchments ق ر ط س
28 تُبْدُونَهَا tubdoonaha you disclose (some of) it ب د و
29 وَتُخْفُونَ watukhfoona and you conceal خ ف ي
30 كَثِيرًا katheeran much (of it) ك ث ر
31 وَعُلِّمْتُم waAAullimtum And you were taught ع ل م
32 مَّا ma what
33 لَمْ lam not
34 تَعْلَمُوٓاْ taAAlamoo knew ع ل م
35 أَنتُمْ antum you
36 وَلَآ wala and not
37 اٰبَآؤُكُمْ abaokum your forefathers أ ب و
38 قُلِ quli Say ق و ل
39 اللهُ Allahu Allah (revealed it) أ ل ه
40 ثُمَّ thumma Then
41 ذَرْهُمْ tharhum leave them و ذ ر
42 فِى fee in
43 خَوْضِهِمْ khawdihim their discourse خ و ض
44 يَلْعَبُونَ yalAAaboona playing ل ع ب

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 92

وَهَٰذَا كِتَٰبٌ أَنزَلْنَٰهُ مُبَارَكٌۭ مُّصَدِّقُ ٱلَّذِى بَيْنَ يَدَيْهِ وَلِتُنذِرَ أُمَّ ٱلْقُرَىٰ وَمَنْ حَوْلَهَا ۚ وَٱلَّذِينَ يُؤْمِنُونَ بِٱلْآخِرَةِ يُؤْمِنُونَ بِهِۦ ۖ وَهُمْ عَلَىٰ صَلَاتِهِمْ يُحَافِظُونَ.(92)

And this is a Book which We have sent down, blessed and confirming what was before it, that you may warn the Mother of Cities [i.e., Makkah] and those around it.1 Those who believe in the Hereafter believe in it, and they are maintaining their prayers. [Al-Anaam: 92]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 92

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And this is a Book which We have sent down, blessed and confirming what was before it, that you may warn the Mother of Cities [i.e., Makkah] and those around it.1 Those who believe in the Hereafter believe in it, and they are maintaining their prayers.

Transliteration

Ayah 92

Wahatha kitabun anzalnahu mubarakun musaddiqu allathee bayna yadayhi walitunthira omma alqura waman hawlaha waallatheena yuminoona bialakhirati yuminoona bihi wahum AAala salatihim yuhafithoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 92

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَهَٰذَا Wahatha And this
2 كِتَابٌ kitabun (is) a Book ك ت ب
3 أَنزَلْنَاهُ anzalnahu We have revealed it ن ز ل
4 مُبَارَكٌ mubarakun blessed ب ر ك
5 مُّصَدِّقُ musaddiqu confirming ص د ق
6 الَّذِى allathee which
7 بَيْنَ bayna between (came before it) ب ي ن
8 يَدَيْهِ yadayhi his hands (came before it) ي د ي
9 وَلِتُنذِرَ walitunthira so that you may warn ن ذ ر
10 أُمَّ omma (the) mother أ م م
11 الْقُرَىٰ alqura (of) the cities ق ر ي
12 وَمَنْ waman and who
13 حَوْلَهَا hawlaha (are) around it ح و ل
14 وَالَّذِينَ waallatheena And those who
15 يُؤْمِنُونَ yuminoona believe أ م ن
16 بِالْاَٰخِرَةِ bialakhirati in the Hereafter أ خ ر
17 يُؤْمِنُونَ yuminoona they believe أ م ن
18 بِهِۦ bihi in it
19 وَهُمْ wahum and they
20 عَلَىٰ AAala over
21 صَلَاتِهِمْ salatihim their prayers ص ل و
22 يُحَافِظُونَ yuhafithoona (are) guarding ح ف ظ

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 93

وَمَنْ أَظْلَمُ مِمَّنِ ٱفْتَرَىٰ عَلَى ٱللَّهِ كَذِبًا أَوْ قَالَ أُوحِىَ إِلَىَّ وَلَمْ يُوحَ إِلَيْهِ شَىْءٌۭ وَمَن قَالَ سَأُنزِلُ مِثْلَ مَآ أَنزَلَ ٱللَّهُ ۗ وَلَوْ تَرَىٰٓ إِذِ ٱلظَّٰلِمُونَ فِى غَمَرَٰتِ ٱلْمَوْتِ وَٱلْمَلَٰٓئِكَةُ بَاسِطُوٓا۟ أَيْدِيهِمْ أَخْرِجُوٓا۟ أَنفُسَكُمُ ۖ ٱلْيَوْمَ تُجْزَوْنَ عَذَابَ ٱلْهُونِ بِمَا كُنتُمْ تَقُولُونَ عَلَى ٱللَّهِ غَيْرَ ٱلْحَقِّ وَكُنتُمْ عَنْ ءَايَٰتِهِۦ تَسْتَكْبِرُونَ.(93)

And who is more unjust than one who invents a lie about Allāh or says, "It has been inspired to me," while nothing has been inspired to him, and one who says, "I will reveal [something] like what Allāh revealed." And if you could but see when the wrongdoers are in the overwhelming pangs of death while the angels extend their hands,1 [saying], "Discharge your souls! Today you will be awarded the punishment of [extreme] humiliation for what you used to say against Allāh other than the truth and [that] you were, toward His verses, being arrogant." [Al-Anaam: 93]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 93

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And who is more unjust than one who invents a lie about Allāh or says, "It has been inspired to me," while nothing has been inspired to him, and one who says, "I will reveal [something] like what Allāh revealed." And if you could but see when the wrongdoers are in the overwhelming pangs of death while the angels extend their hands,1 [saying], "Discharge your souls! Today you will be awarded the punishment of [extreme] humiliation for what you used to say against Allāh other than the truth and [that] you were, toward His verses, being arrogant."

Transliteration

Ayah 93

Waman athlamu mimmani iftara AAala Allahi kathiban aw qala oohiya ilayya walam yooha ilayhi shayon waman qala saonzilu mithla ma anzala Allahu walaw tara ithi alththalimoona fee ghamarati almawti waalmalaikatu basitoo aydeehim akhrijoo anfusakumu alyawma tujzawna AAathaba alhooni bima kuntum taqooloona AAala Allahi ghayra alhaqqi wakuntum AAan ayatihi tastakbiroona

Word-by-word

Ayah 93

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَمَنْ Waman And who?
2 أَظْلَمُ athlamu (is) more unjust ظ ل م
3 مِمَّنِ mimmani than (one) who
4 افْتَرَىٰ iftara invents ف ر ي
5 عَلَى AAala about
6 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
7 كَذِبًا kathiban a lie ك ذ ب
8 أَوْ aw or
9 قَالَ qala said ق و ل
10 أُوحِىَ oohiya It has been inspired و ح ي
11 إِلَىَّ ilayya to me
12 وَلَمْ walam while not
13 يُوحَ yooha it was inspired و ح ي
14 إِلَيْهِ ilayhi to him
15 شَىْءٌ shayon anything ش ي أ
16 وَمَن waman and (one) who?
17 قَالَ qala said ق و ل
18 سَأُنزِلُ saonzilu I will reveal ن ز ل
19 مِثْلَ mithla like م ث ل
20 مَآ ma what
21 أَنزَلَ anzala (has been) revealed ن ز ل
22 اللهُ Allahu (by) Allah أ ل ه
23 وَلَوْ walaw And if
24 تَرَى tara you (could) see ر أ ي
25 إِذِ ithi when
26 الظَّالِمُونَ alththalimoona the wrongdoers ظ ل م
27 فِى fee (are) in
28 غَمَرَاتِ ghamarati agonies غ م ر
29 الْمَوْتِ almawti (of) [the] death م و ت
30 وَالْمَلَآئِكَةُ waalmalaikatu while the Angels م ل ك
31 بَاسِطُواْ basitoo (are) stretching out ب س ط
32 أَيْدِيهِمْ aydeehim their hands (saying) ي د ي
33 أَخْرِجُواْ akhrijoo Discharge خ ر ج
34 أَنفُسَكُمُ anfusakumu your souls! ن ف س
35 الْيَوْمَ alyawma Today ي و م
36 تُجْزَوْنَ tujzawna you will be recompensed ج ز ي
37 عَذَابَ AAathaba (with) punishment ع ذ ب
38 الْهُونِ alhooni humiliating ه و ن
39 بِمَا bima because
40 كُنتُمْ kuntum you used to ك و ن
41 تَقُولُونَ taqooloona say ق و ل
42 عَلَى AAala against
43 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
44 غَيْرَ ghayra other than غ ي ر
45 الْحَقِّ alhaqqi the truth ح ق ق
46 وَكُنتُمْ wakuntum and you were ك و ن
47 عَنْ AAan towards
48 اٰيَاتِهِۦ ayatihi His Verses أ ي ي
49 تَسْتَكْبِرُونَ tastakbiroona being arrogant ك ب ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 94

وَلَقَدْ جِئْتُمُونَا فُرَٰدَىٰ كَمَا خَلَقْنَٰكُمْ أَوَّلَ مَرَّةٍۢ وَتَرَكْتُم مَّا خَوَّلْنَٰكُمْ وَرَآءَ ظُهُورِكُمْ ۖ وَمَا نَرَىٰ مَعَكُمْ شُفَعَآءَكُمُ ٱلَّذِينَ زَعَمْتُمْ أَنَّهُمْ فِيكُمْ شُرَكَٰٓؤُا۟ ۚ لَقَد تَّقَطَّعَ بَيْنَكُمْ وَضَلَّ عَنكُم مَّا كُنتُمْ تَزْعُمُونَ.(94)

[It will be said to them], "And you have certainly come to Us alone [i.e., individually] as We created you the first time, and you have left whatever We bestowed upon you behind you. And We do not see with you your 'intercessors' which you claimed that they were among you associates [of Allāh]. It has [all] been severed between you,1 and lost from you is what you used to claim." [Al-Anaam: 94]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 94

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

[It will be said to them], "And you have certainly come to Us alone [i.e., individually] as We created you the first time, and you have left whatever We bestowed upon you behind you. And We do not see with you your 'intercessors' which you claimed that they were among you associates [of Allāh]. It has [all] been severed between you,1 and lost from you is what you used to claim."

Transliteration

Ayah 94

Walaqad jitumoona furada kama khalaqnakum awwala marratin wataraktum ma khawwalnakum waraa thuhoorikum wama nara maAAakum shufaAAaakumu allatheena zaAAamtum annahum feekum shurakao laqad taqattaAAa baynakum wadalla AAankum ma kuntum tazAAumoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 94

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَلَقَدْ Walaqad And certainly
2 جِئْتُمُونَا jitumoona you have come to Us ج ي أ
3 فُرَادَىٰ furada alone ف ر د
4 كَمَا kama as
5 خَلَقْنَاكُمْ khalaqnakum We created you خ ل ق
6 أَوَّلَ awwala (the) first أ و ل
7 مَرَّةٍ marratin time م ر ر
8 وَتَرَكْتُم wataraktum and you have left ت ر ك
9 مَّا ma whatever
10 خَوَّلْنَاكُمْ khawwalnakum We bestowed (on) you خ و ل
11 وَرَآءَ waraa behind و ر ي
12 ظُهُورِكُمْ thuhoorikum your backs ظ ه ر
13 وَمَا wama And not
14 نَرَىٰ nara We see ر أ ي
15 مَعَكُمْ maAAakum with you
16 شُفَعَآءَكُمُ shufaAAaakumu your intercessors ش ف ع
17 الَّذِينَ allatheena those whom
18 زَعَمْتُمْ zaAAamtum you claimed ز ع م
19 أَنَّهُمْ annahum that they (were)
20 فِيكُمْ feekum in your (matters)
21 شُرَكَٰٓؤُا shurakao partners (with Allah) ش ر ك
22 لَقَد laqad Indeed
23 تَّقَطَّعَ taqattaAAa have been severed (bonds) ق ط ع
24 بَيْنَكُمْ baynakum between you ب ي ن
25 وَضَلَّ wadalla and is lost ض ل ل
26 عَنكُم AAankum from you
27 مَّا ma what
28 كُنتُمْ kuntum you used to ك و ن
29 تَزْعُمُونَ tazAAumoona claim ز ع م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 95

إِنَّ ٱللَّـهَ فَالِقُ ٱلْحَبِّ وَٱلنَّوَىٰ ۖ يُخْرِجُ ٱلْحَىَّ مِنَ ٱلْمَيِّتِ وَمُخْرِجُ ٱلْمَيِّتِ مِنَ ٱلْحَىِّ ۚ ذَٰلِكُمُ ٱللَّـهُ ۖ فَأَنَّىٰ تُؤْفَكُونَ(95)

Indeed, Allāh is the cleaver of grain and date seeds.1 He brings the living out of the dead and brings the dead out of the living. That is Allāh; so how are you deluded? [Al-Anaam: 95]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 95

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Indeed, Allāh is the cleaver of grain and date seeds.1 He brings the living out of the dead and brings the dead out of the living. That is Allāh; so how are you deluded?

Transliteration

Ayah 95

Inna Allaha faliqu alhabbi waalnnawa yukhriju alhayya mina almayyiti wamukhriju almayyiti mina alhayyi thalikumu Allahu faanna tufakoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 95

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 إِنَّ Inna Indeed
2 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
3 فَالِقُ faliqu (is the) Cleaver ف ل ق
4 الْحَبِّ alhabbi (of) the grain ح ب ب
5 وَالنَّوَىٰ waalnnawa and the date-seed ن و ي
6 يُخْرِجُ yukhriju He brings forth خ ر ج
7 الْحَىَّ alhayya the living ح ي ى
8 مِنَ mina from
9 الْمَيِّتِ almayyiti the dead م و ت
10 وَمُخْرِجُ wamukhriju and brings forth خ ر ج
11 الْمَيِّتِ almayyiti the dead م و ت
12 مِنَ mina from
13 الْحَىِّ alhayyi the living ح ي ي
14 ذَٰلِكُمُ thalikumu That
15 اللهُ Allahu (is) Allah أ ل ه
16 فَأَنَّىٰ faanna so how? أ ن ي
17 تُؤْفَكُونَ tufakoona are you deluded أ ف ك

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 96

فَالِقُ ٱلْإِصْبَاحِ وَجَعَلَ ٱلَّيْلَ سَكَنًۭا وَٱلشَّمْسَ وَٱلْقَمَرَ حُسْبَانًۭا ۚ ذَٰلِكَ تَقْدِيرُ ٱلْعَزِيزِ ٱلْعَلِيمِ.(96)

[He is] the cleaver of daybreak and has made the night for rest and the sun and moon for calculation.1 That is the determination of the Exalted in Might, the Knowing. [Al-Anaam: 96]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 96

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

[He is] the cleaver of daybreak and has made the night for rest and the sun and moon for calculation.1 That is the determination of the Exalted in Might, the Knowing.

Transliteration

Ayah 96

Faliqu alisbahi wajaAAala allayla sakanan waalshshamsa waalqamara husbanan thalika taqdeeru alAAazeezi alAAaleemi

Word-by-word

Ayah 96

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 فَالِقُ Faliqu (He is the) Cleaver ف ل ق
2 الْإِصْبَاحِ alisbahi (of) the daybreak ص ب ح
3 وَجَعَلَ wajaAAala and He has made ج ع ل
4 الَّيْلَ allayla the night ل ي ل
5 سَكَنًا sakanan (for) rest س ك ن
6 وَالشَّمْسَ waalshshamsa and the sun ش م س
7 وَالْقَمَرَ waalqamara and the moon ق م ر
8 حُسْبَانًا husbanan (for) reckoning ح س ب
9 ذَٰلِكَ thalika That
10 تَقْدِيرُ taqdeeru (is the) ordaining ق د ر
11 الْعَزِيزِ alAAazeezi (of) the All-Mighty ع ز ز
12 الْعَلِيمِ alAAaleemi the All-Knowing ع ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 97

وَهُوَ ٱلَّذِى جَعَلَ لَكُمُ ٱلنُّجُومَ لِتَهْتَدُوا۟ بِهَا فِى ظُلُمَٰتِ ٱلْبَرِّ وَٱلْبَحْرِ ۗ قَدْ فَصَّلْنَا ٱلْآيَٰتِ لِقَوْمٍۢ يَعْلَمُونَ.(97)

And it is He who placed for you the stars that you may be guided by them through the darknesses of the land and sea. We have detailed the signs for a people who know. [Al-Anaam: 97]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 97

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And it is He who placed for you the stars that you may be guided by them through the darknesses of the land and sea. We have detailed the signs for a people who know.

Transliteration

Ayah 97

Wahuwa allathee jaAAala lakumu alnnujooma litahtadoo biha fee thulumati albarri waalbahri qad fassalna alayati liqawmin yaAAlamoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 97

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَهُوَ Wahuwa And He
2 الَّذِى allathee (is) the One Who
3 جَعَلَ jaAAala made ج ع ل
4 لَكُمُ lakumu for you
5 النُّجُومَ alnnujooma the stars ن ج م
6 لِتَهْتَدُواْ litahtadoo that you may guide yourselves ه د ي
7 بِهَا biha with them
8 فِى fee in
9 ظُلُمَاتِ thulumati the darkness[es] ظ ل م
10 الْبَرِّ albarri (of) the land ب ر ر
11 وَالْبَحْرِ waalbahri and the sea ب ح ر
12 قَدْ qad Certainly
13 فَصَّلْنَا fassalna We have made clear ف ص ل
14 الاٰيَاتِ alayati the Signs أ ي ي
15 لِقَوْمٍ liqawmin for a people ق و م
16 يَعْلَمُونَ yaAAlamoona (who) know ع ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 98

وَهُوَ ٱلَّذِىٓ أَنشَأَكُم مِّن نَّفْسٍۢ وَٰحِدَةٍۢ فَمُسْتَقَرٌّ وَمُسْتَوْدَعٌۭ ۗ قَدْ فَصَّلْنَا ٱلْآيَٰتِ لِقَوْمٍۢ يَفْقَهُونَ.(98)

And it is He who produced you from one soul and [gave you] a place of dwelling and of storage.1 We have detailed the signs for a people who understand. [Al-Anaam: 98]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 98

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And it is He who produced you from one soul and [gave you] a place of dwelling and of storage.1 We have detailed the signs for a people who understand.

Transliteration

Ayah 98

Wahuwa allathee anshaakum min nafsin wahidatin famustaqarrun wamustawdaAAun qad fassalna alayati liqawmin yafqahoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 98

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَهُوَ Wahuwa And He
2 الَّذِىٓ allathee (is) the One Who
3 أَنشَأَكُم anshaakum (has) produced you ن ش أ
4 مِّن min from
5 نَّفْسٍ nafsin a soul ن ف س
6 وَاحِدَةٍ wahidatin single و ح د
7 فَمُسْتَقَرٌّ famustaqarrun so (there is) a place of dwelling ق ر ر
8 وَمُسْتَوْدَعٌ wamustawdaAAun and a resting place و د ع
9 قَدْ qad Certainly
10 فَصَّلْنَا fassalna We have made clear ف ص ل
11 الاٰيَاتِ alayati the Signs أ ي ي
12 لِقَوْمٍ liqawmin for a people ق و م
13 يَفْقَهُونَ yafqahoona (who) understand ف ق ه

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 99

وَهُوَ ٱلَّذِىٓ أَنزَلَ مِنَ ٱلسَّمَآءِ مَآءًۭ فَأَخْرَجْنَا بِهِۦ نَبَاتَ كُلِّ شَىْءٍۢ فَأَخْرَجْنَا مِنْهُ خَضِرًۭا نُّخْرِجُ مِنْهُ حَبًّا مُّتَرَاكِبًۭا وَمِنَ ٱلنَّخْلِ مِن طَلْعِهَا قِنْوَانٌۭ دَانِيَةٌۭ وَجَنَّٰتٍۢ مِّنْ أَعْنَـٰبٍۢ وَٱلزَّيْتُونَ وَٱلرُّمَّانَ مُشْتَبِهًۭا وَغَيْرَ مُتَشَٰبِهٍ ۗ ٱنظُرُوٓا۟ إِلَىٰ ثَمَرِهِۦٓ إِذَآ أَثْمَرَ وَيَنْعِهِۦٓ ۚ إِنَّ فِى ذَٰلِكُمْ لَآيَٰتٍۢ لِّقَوْمٍۢ يُؤْمِنُونَ.(99)

And it is He who sends down rain from the sky, and We produce thereby the growth of all things. We produce from it greenery from which We produce grains arranged in layers. And from the palm trees - of its emerging fruit are clusters hanging low. And [We produce] gardens of grapevines and olives and pomegranates, similar yet varied. Look at [each of] its fruit when it yields and [at] its ripening. Indeed in that are signs for a people who believe. [Al-Anaam: 99]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 99

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And it is He who sends down rain from the sky, and We produce thereby the growth of all things. We produce from it greenery from which We produce grains arranged in layers. And from the palm trees - of its emerging fruit are clusters hanging low. And [We produce] gardens of grapevines and olives and pomegranates, similar yet varied. Look at [each of] its fruit when it yields and [at] its ripening. Indeed in that are signs for a people who believe.

Transliteration

Ayah 99

Wahuwa allathee anzala mina alssamai maan faakhrajna bihi nabata kulli shayin faakhrajna minhu khadiran nukhriju minhu habban mutarakiban wamina alnnakhli min talAAiha qinwanun daniyatun wajannatin min aAAnabin waalzzaytoona waalrrummana mushtabihan waghayra mutashabihin onthuroo ila thamarihi itha athmara wayanAAihi inna fee thalikum laayatin liqawmin yuminoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 99

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَهُوَ Wahuwa And He
2 الَّذِىٓ allathee (is) the One Who
3 أَنزَلَ anzala sends down ن ز ل
4 مِنَ mina from
5 السَّمَآءِ alssamai the sky س م و
6 مَآءً maan water م و ه
7 فَأَخْرَجْنَا faakhrajna then We bring forth خ ر ج
8 بِهِۦ bihi with it
9 نَبَاتَ nabata vegetation ن ب ت
10 كُلِّ kulli (of) every ك ل ل
11 شَىْءٍ shayin thing ش ي أ
12 فَأَخْرَجْنَا faakhrajna Then We bring forth خ ر ج
13 مِنْهُ minhu from it
14 خَضِرًا khadiran green plant خ ض ر
15 نُّخْرِجُ nukhriju We bring forth خ ر ج
16 مِنْهُ minhu from it
17 حَبًّا habban grain ح ب ب
18 مُّتَرَاكِبًا mutarakiban thick clustered ر ك ب
19 وَمِنَ wamina And from
20 النَّخْلِ alnnakhli the date-palm ن خ ل
21 مِن min from
22 طَلْعِهَا talAAiha its spathe ط ل ع
23 قِنْوَانٌ qinwanun clusters of dates ق ن و
24 دَانِيَةٌ daniyatun hanging low د ن و
25 وَجَنَّاتٍ wajannatin And gardens ج ن ن
26 مِّنْ min of
27 أَعْنَابٍ aAAnabin grapes ع ن ب
28 وَالزَّيْتُونَ waalzzaytoona and the olives ز ي ت
29 وَالرُّمَّانَ waalrrummana and the pomegranates ر م ن
30 مُشْتَبِهًا mushtabihan resembling ش ب ه
31 وَغَيْرَ waghayra and not غ ي ر
32 مُتَشَابِهٍ mutashabihin resembling ش ب ه
33 انظُرُوٓاْ onthuroo Look ن ظ ر
34 إِلَىٰ ila at
35 ثَمَرِهِۦٓ thamarihi its fruit ث م ر
36 إِذَا itha when
37 أَثْمَرَ athmara it bears fruit ث م ر
38 وَيَنْعِهِۦٓ wayanAAihi and its ripening ي ن ع
39 إِنَّ inna Indeed
40 فِى fee in
41 ذَٰلِكُمْ thalikum that
42 لَآيَاتٍ laayatin (are) signs أ ي ي
43 لِّقَوْمٍ liqawmin for a people ق و م
44 يُؤْمِنُونَ yuminoona (who) believe أ م ن

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 100

وَجَعَلُوا۟ لِلَّهِ شُرَكَآءَ ٱلْجِنَّ وَخَلَقَهُمْ ۖ وَخَرَقُوا۟ لَهُۥ بَنِينَ وَبَنَٰتٍۭ بِغَيْرِ عِلْمٍۢ ۚ سُبْحَٰنَهُۥ وَتَعَٰلَىٰ عَمَّا يَصِفُونَ.(100)

But they have attributed to Allāh partners - the jinn, while He has created them - and have fabricated for Him sons and daughters without knowledge. Exalted is He and high above what they describe. [Al-Anaam: 100]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 100

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

But they have attributed to Allāh partners - the jinn, while He has created them - and have fabricated for Him sons and daughters without knowledge. Exalted is He and high above what they describe.

Transliteration

Ayah 100

WajaAAaloo lillahi shurakaa aljinna wakhalaqahum wakharaqoo lahu baneena wabanatin bighayri AAilmin subhanahu wataAAala AAamma yasifoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 100

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَجَعَلُواْ WajaAAaloo And they make ج ع ل
2 لِلّٰهِ lillahi with Allah أ ل ه
3 شُرَكَآءَ shurakaa partners ش ر ك
4 الْجِنَّ aljinna jinn ج ن ن
5 وَخَلَقَهُمْ wakhalaqahum though He has created them خ ل ق
6 وَخَرَقُواْ wakharaqoo and they falsely attribute خ ر ق
7 لَهُۥ lahu to Him
8 بَنِينَ baneena sons ب ن ي
9 وَبَنَاتٍ wabanatin and daughters ب ن ي
10 بِغَيْرِ bighayri without غ ي ر
11 عِلْمٍ AAilmin knowledge ع ل م
12 سُبْحَٰنَهُۥ subhanahu Glorified is He س ب ح
13 وَتَعَالَىٰ wataAAala and Exalted ع ل و
14 عَمَّا AAamma above what
15 يَصِفُونَ yasifoona they attribute و ص ف

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 101

بَدِيعُ ٱلسَّمَٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ ۖ أَنَّىٰ يَكُونُ لَهُۥ وَلَدٌۭ وَلَمْ تَكُن لَّهُۥ صَٰحِبَةٌۭ ۖ وَخَلَقَ كُلَّ شَىْءٍۢ ۖ وَهُوَ بِكُلِّ شَىْءٍ عَلِيمٌۭ.(101)

[He is] Originator of the heavens and the earth. How could He have a son when He does not have a companion [i.e., wife] and He created all things? And He is, of all things, Knowing. [Al-Anaam: 101]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 101

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

[He is] Originator of the heavens and the earth. How could He have a son when He does not have a companion [i.e., wife] and He created all things? And He is, of all things, Knowing.

Transliteration

Ayah 101

BadeeAAu alssamawati waalardi anna yakoonu lahu waladun walam takun lahu sahibatun wakhalaqa kulla shayin wahuwa bikulli shayin AAaleemun

Word-by-word

Ayah 101

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 بَدِيعُ BadeeAAu Originator ب د ع
2 السَّمَاوَاتِ alssamawati (of) the heavens س م و
3 وَالْأَرْضِ waalardi and the earth أ ر ض
4 أَنَّىٰ anna How? أ ن ي
5 يَكُونُ yakoonu can be ك و ن
6 لَهُۥ lahu for Him
7 وَلَدٌ waladun a son و ل د
8 وَلَمْ walam while not
9 تَكُن takun (there) is ك و ن
10 لَّهُۥ lahu for Him
11 صَاحِبَةٌ sahibatun a companion ص ح ب
12 وَخَلَقَ wakhalaqa and He created خ ل ق
13 كُلَّ kulla every ك ل ل
14 شَىْءٍ shayin thing ش ي أ
15 وَهُوَ wahuwa And He
16 بِكُلِّ bikulli (is) of every ك ل ل
17 شَىْءٍ shayin thing ش ي أ
18 عَلِيمٌ AAaleemun All-Knower ع ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 102

ذَٰلِكُمُ ٱللَّهُ رَبُّكُمْ ۖ لَآ إِلَٰهَ إِلَّا هُوَ ۖ خَٰلِقُ كُلِّ شَىْءٍۢ فَٱعْبُدُوهُ ۚ وَهُوَ عَلَىٰ كُلِّ شَىْءٍۢ وَكِيلٌۭ.(102)

That is Allāh, your Lord; there is no deity except Him, the Creator of all things, so worship Him. And He is Disposer of all things. [Al-Anaam: 102]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 102

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

That is Allāh, your Lord; there is no deity except Him, the Creator of all things, so worship Him. And He is Disposer of all things.

Transliteration

Ayah 102

Thalikumu Allahu rabbukum la ilaha illa huwa khaliqu kulli shayin faoAAbudoohu wahuwa AAala kulli shayin wakeelun

Word-by-word

Ayah 102

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 ذَٰلِكُمُ Thalikumu That
2 اللهُ Allahu (is) Allah أ ل ه
3 رَبُّكُمْ rabbukum your Lord ر ب ب
4 لَآ la (there is) no
5 إِلَٰهَ ilaha god أ ل ه
6 إِلَّا illa except
7 هُوَ huwa Him
8 خَالِقُ khaliqu (the) Creator خ ل ق
9 كُلِّ kulli (of) every ك ل ل
10 شَىْءٍ shayin thing ش ي أ
11 فَاعْبُدُوهُ faoAAbudoohu so worship Him ع ب د
12 وَهُوَ wahuwa And He
13 عَلَىٰ AAala (is) on
14 كُلِّ kulli every ك ل ل
15 شَىْءٍ shayin thing ش ي أ
16 وَكِيلٌ wakeelun a Guardian و ك ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 103

لَّا تُدْرِكُهُ ٱلْأَبْصَٰرُ وَهُوَ يُدْرِكُ ٱلْأَبْصَٰرَ ۖ وَهُوَ ٱللَّطِيفُ ٱلْخَبِيرُ.(103)

Vision perceives Him not,1 but He perceives [all] vision; and He is the Subtle,2 the Aware.3 [Al-Anaam: 103]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 103

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Vision perceives Him not,1 but He perceives [all] vision; and He is the Subtle,2 the Aware.3

Transliteration

Ayah 103

La tudrikuhu alabsaru wahuwa yudriku alabsara wahuwa allateefu alkhabeeru

Word-by-word

Ayah 103

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 لَّا La Not (can)
2 تُدْرِكُهُ tudrikuhu grasp Him د ر ك
3 الْأَبْصَارُ alabsaru the visions ب ص ر
4 وَهُوَ wahuwa but He
5 يُدْرِكُ yudriku (can) grasp د ر ك
6 الْأَبْصَارَ alabsara (all) the vision ب ص ر
7 وَهُوَ wahuwa and He (is)
8 اللَّطِيفُ allateefu the All-Subtle ل ط ف
9 الْخَبِيرُ alkhabeeru the All-Aware خ ب ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 104

قَدْ جَآءَكُم بَصَآئِرُ مِن رَّبِّكُمْ ۖ فَمَنْ أَبْصَرَ فَلِنَفْسِهِۦ ۖ وَمَنْ عَمِىَ فَعَلَيْهَا ۚ وَمَآ أَنَا۠ عَلَيْكُم بِحَفِيظٍۢ.(104)

There has come to you enlightenment from your Lord. So whoever will see does so for [the benefit of] his soul, and whoever is blind [does harm] against it. And [say], "I am not a guardian over you."1 [Al-Anaam: 104]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 104

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

There has come to you enlightenment from your Lord. So whoever will see does so for [the benefit of] his soul, and whoever is blind [does harm] against it. And [say], "I am not a guardian over you."1

Transliteration

Ayah 104

Qad jaakum basairu min rabbikum faman absara falinafsihi waman AAamiya faAAalayha wama ana AAalaykum bihafeethin

Word-by-word

Ayah 104

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قَدْ Qad Verily
2 جَآءَكُم jaakum has come to you ج ي أ
3 بَصَآئِرُ basairu enlightenment ب ص ر
4 مِن min from
5 رَّبِّكُمْ rabbikum your Lord ر ب ب
6 فَمَنْ faman Then whoever
7 أَبْصَرَ absara sees ب ص ر
8 فَلِنَفْسِهِۦ falinafsihi then (it is) for his soul ن ف س
9 وَمَنْ waman and whoever
10 عَمِىَ AAamiya (is) blind ع م ي
11 فَعَلَيْهَا faAAalayha then (it is) against himself
12 وَمَآ wama And not
13 أَنَا ana (am) I
14 عَلَيْكُم AAalaykum over you
15 بِحَفِيظٍ bihafeethin a guardian ح ف ظ

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 105

وَكَذَٰلِكَ نُصَرِّفُ ٱلْآيَٰتِ وَلِيَقُولُوا۟ دَرَسْتَ وَلِنُبَيِّنَهُۥ لِقَوْمٍۢ يَعْلَمُونَ.(105)

And thus do We diversify the verses so they [i.e., the disbelievers] will say, "You have studied,"1 and so We may make it [i.e., the Qur’ān] clear for a people who know. [Al-Anaam: 105]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 105

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And thus do We diversify the verses so they [i.e., the disbelievers] will say, "You have studied,"1 and so We may make it [i.e., the Qur’ān] clear for a people who know.

Transliteration

Ayah 105

Wakathalika nusarrifu alayati waliyaqooloo darasta walinubayyinahu liqawmin yaAAlamoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 105

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَكَذَٰلِكَ Wakathalika And thus
2 نُصَرِّفُ nusarrifu We explain ص ر ف
3 الاٰيَاتِ alayati the Signs أ ي ي
4 وَلِيَقُولُواْ waliyaqooloo that they (may) say ق و ل
5 دَرَسْتَ darasta You have studied د ر س
6 وَلِنُبَيِّنَهُۥ walinubayyinahu and that We (may) make it clear ب ي ن
7 لِقَوْمٍ liqawmin for a people ق و م
8 يَعْلَمُونَ yaAAlamoona who know ع ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 106

ٱتَّبِعْ مَآ أُوحِىَ إِلَيْكَ مِن رَّبِّكَ ۖ لَآ إِلَٰهَ إِلَّا هُوَ ۖ وَأَعْرِضْ عَنِ ٱلْمُشْرِكِينَ.(106)

Follow, [O Muḥammad], what has been revealed to you from your Lord - there is no deity except Him - and turn away from those who associate others with Allāh. [Al-Anaam: 106]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 106

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Follow, [O Muḥammad], what has been revealed to you from your Lord - there is no deity except Him - and turn away from those who associate others with Allāh.

Transliteration

Ayah 106

IttabiAA ma oohiya ilayka min rabbika la ilaha illa huwa waaAArid AAani almushrikeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 106

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 اتَّبِعْ IttabiAA Follow ت ب ع
2 مَآ ma what
3 أُوحِىَ oohiya has been inspired و ح ي
4 إِلَيْكَ ilayka to you
5 مِن min from
6 رَّبِّكَ rabbika your Lord ر ب ب
7 لَآ la (there is) no
8 إِلَٰهَ ilaha god أ ل ه
9 إِلَّا illa except
10 هُوَ huwa Him
11 وَأَعْرِضْ waaAArid and turn away ع ر ض
12 عَنِ AAani from
13 الْمُشْرِكِينَ almushrikeena the polytheists ش ر ك

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 107

وَلَوْ شَآءَ ٱللَّهُ مَآ أَشْرَكُوا۟ ۗ وَمَا جَعَلْنَٰكَ عَلَيْهِمْ حَفِيظًۭا ۖ وَمَآ أَنتَ عَلَيْهِم بِوَكِيلٍۢ.(107)

But if Allāh had willed, they would not have associated. And We have not appointed you over them as a guardian, nor are you a manager over them.1 [Al-Anaam: 107]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 107

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

But if Allāh had willed, they would not have associated. And We have not appointed you over them as a guardian, nor are you a manager over them.1

Transliteration

Ayah 107

Walaw shaa Allahu ma ashrakoo wama jaAAalnaka AAalayhim hafeethan wama anta AAalayhim biwakeelin

Word-by-word

Ayah 107

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَلَوْ Walaw And if
2 شَآءَ shaa (had) willed ش ي أ
3 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
4 مَآ ma not (they would have)
5 أَشْرَكُواْ ashrakoo associated partners (with Him) ش ر ك
6 وَمَا wama And not
7 جَعَلْنَاكَ jaAAalnaka We have made you ج ع ل
8 عَلَيْهِمْ AAalayhim over them
9 حَفِيظًا hafeethan a guardian ح ف ظ
10 وَمَآ wama and not
11 أَنتَ anta you
12 عَلَيْهِم AAalayhim (are) over them
13 بِوَكِيلٍ biwakeelin a manager و ك ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 108

وَلَا تَسُبُّوا۟ ٱلَّذِينَ يَدْعُونَ مِن دُونِ ٱللَّهِ فَيَسُبُّوا۟ ٱللَّهَ عَدْوًۢا بِغَيْرِ عِلْمٍۢ ۗ كَذَٰلِكَ زَيَّنَّا لِكُلِّ أُمَّةٍ عَمَلَهُمْ ثُمَّ إِلَىٰ رَبِّهِم مَّرْجِعُهُمْ فَيُنَبِّئُهُم بِمَا كَانُوا۟ يَعْمَلُونَ.(108)

And do not insult those they invoke other than Allāh, lest they insult Allāh in enmity without knowledge. Thus We have made pleasing to every community their deeds. Then to their Lord is their return, and He will inform them about what they used to do. [Al-Anaam: 108]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 108

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And do not insult those they invoke other than Allāh, lest they insult Allāh in enmity without knowledge. Thus We have made pleasing to every community their deeds. Then to their Lord is their return, and He will inform them about what they used to do.

Transliteration

Ayah 108

Wala tasubboo allatheena yadAAoona min dooni Allahi fayasubboo Allaha AAadwan bighayri AAilmin kathalika zayyanna likulli ommatin AAamalahum thumma ila rabbihim marjiAAuhum fayunabbiohum bima kanoo yaAAmaloona

Word-by-word

Ayah 108

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَلَا Wala And (do) not
2 تَسُبُّواْ tasubboo insult س ب ب
3 الَّذِينَ allatheena those whom
4 يَدْعُونَ yadAAoona they invoke د ع و
5 مِن min from
6 دُونِ dooni other than د و ن
7 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
8 فَيَسُبُّواْ fayasubboo lest they insult س ب ب
9 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
10 عَدْوًا AAadwan (in) enmity ع د و
11 بِغَيْرِ bighayri without غ ي ر
12 عِلْمٍ AAilmin knowledge ع ل م
13 كَذَٰلِكَ kathalika Thus
14 زَيَّنَّا zayyanna We have made fair-seeming ز ي ن
15 لِكُلِّ likulli to every ك ل ل
16 أُمَّةٍ ommatin community أ م م
17 عَمَلَهُمْ AAamalahum their deed ع م ل
18 ثُمَّ thumma Then
19 إِلَىٰ ila to
20 رَبِّهِم rabbihim their Lord ر ب ب
21 مَّرْجِعُهُمْ marjiAAuhum (is) their return ر ج ع
22 فَيُنَبِّئُهُم fayunabbiohum then He will inform them ن ب أ
23 بِمَا bima about what
24 كَانُواْ kanoo they used to ك و ن
25 يَعْمَلُونَ yaAAmaloona do ع م ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 109

وَأَقْسَمُوا۟ بِٱللَّـهِ جَهْدَ أَيْمَـٰنِهِمْ لَئِن جَآءَتْهُمْ ءَايَةٌ لَّيُؤْمِنُنَّ بِهَا ۚ قُلْ إِنَّمَا ٱلْـَٔايَـٰتُ عِندَ ٱللَّـهِ ۖ وَمَا يُشْعِرُكُمْ أَنَّهَآ إِذَا جَآءَتْ لَا يُؤْمِنُونَ(109)

And they swear by Allāh their strongest oaths that if a sign came to them, they would surely believe in it. Say, "The signs are only with [i.e., from] Allāh." And what will make you perceive that even if it [i.e., a sign] came, they would not believe. [Al-Anaam: 109]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 109

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And they swear by Allāh their strongest oaths that if a sign came to them, they would surely believe in it. Say, "The signs are only with [i.e., from] Allāh." And what will make you perceive that even if it [i.e., a sign] came, they would not believe.

Transliteration

Ayah 109

Waaqsamoo biAllahi jahda aymanihim lain jaathum ayatun layuminunna biha qul innama alayatu AAinda Allahi wama yushAAirukum annaha itha jaat la yuminoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 109

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَأَقْسَمُواْ Waaqsamoo And they swear ق س م
2 بِاللهِ biAllahi by Allah أ ل ه
3 جَهْدَ jahda strongest ج ه د
4 أَيْمَانِهِمْ aymanihim (of) their oaths ي م ن
5 لَئِن lain that if
6 جَآءَتْهُمْ jaathum came to them ج ي أ
7 اٰيَةٌ ayatun a sign أ ي ي
8 لَّيُؤْمِنُنَّ layuminunna they would surely believe أ م ن
9 بِهَا biha in it
10 قُلْ qul Say ق و ل
11 إِنَّمَا innama Only
12 الآيَاتُ alayatu the signs أ ي ي
13 عِندَ AAinda (are) with ع ن د
14 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
15 وَمَا wama And what?
16 يُشْعِرُكُمْ yushAAirukum will make you perceive ش ع ر
17 أَنَّهَآ annaha that [it]
18 إِذَا itha when
19 جَآءَتْ jaat it comes ج ي أ
20 لَا la not
21 يُؤْمِنُونَ yuminoona they will believe أ م ن

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 110

وَنُقَلِّبُ أَفْـِٔدَتَهُمْ وَأَبْصَٰرَهُمْ كَمَا لَمْ يُؤْمِنُوا۟ بِهِۦٓ أَوَّلَ مَرَّةٍۢ وَنَذَرُهُمْ فِى طُغْيَٰنِهِمْ يَعْمَهُونَ.(110)

And We will turn away their hearts and their eyes just as they refused to believe in it [i.e., the revelation] the first time. And We will leave them in their transgression, wandering blindly. [Al-Anaam: 110]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 110

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And We will turn away their hearts and their eyes just as they refused to believe in it [i.e., the revelation] the first time. And We will leave them in their transgression, wandering blindly.

Transliteration

Ayah 110

Wanuqallibu afidatahum waabsarahum kama lam yuminoo bihi awwala marratin wanatharuhum fee tughyanihim yaAAmahoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 110

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَنُقَلِّبُ Wanuqallibu And We will turn ق ل ب
2 أَفْئِدَتَهُمْ afidatahum their hearts ف أ د
3 وَأَبْصَارَهُمْ waabsarahum and their sights ب ص ر
4 كَمَا kama (just) as
5 لَمْ lam not
6 يُؤْمِنُواْ yuminoo they believe أ م ن
7 بِهِۦٓ bihi in it
8 أَوَّلَ awwala (the) first أ و ل
9 مَرَّةٍ marratin time م ر ر
10 وَنَذَرُهُمْ wanatharuhum And We will leave them و ذ ر
11 فِى fee in
12 طُغْيَانِهِمْ tughyanihim their transgression ط غ ي
13 يَعْمَهُونَ yaAAmahoona wandering blindly ع م ه

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 111

وَلَوْ أَنَّنَا نَزَّلْنَآ إِلَيْهِمُ ٱلْمَلَٰٓئِكَةَ وَكَلَّمَهُمُ ٱلْمَوْتَىٰ وَحَشَرْنَا عَلَيْهِمْ كُلَّ شَىْءٍۢ قُبُلًۭا مَّا كَانُوا۟ لِيُؤْمِنُوٓا۟ إِلَّآ أَن يَشَآءَ ٱللَّهُ وَلَٰكِنَّ أَكْثَرَهُمْ يَجْهَلُونَ.(111)

And even if We had sent down to them the angels [with the message] and the dead spoke to them [of it] and We gathered together every [created] thing in front of them, they would not believe unless Allāh should will. But most of them, [of that], are ignorant. [Al-Anaam: 111]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 111

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And even if We had sent down to them the angels [with the message] and the dead spoke to them [of it] and We gathered together every [created] thing in front of them, they would not believe unless Allāh should will. But most of them, [of that], are ignorant.

Transliteration

Ayah 111

Walaw annana nazzalna ilayhimu almalaikata wakallamahumu almawta wahasharna AAalayhim kulla shayin qubulan ma kanoo liyuminoo illa an yashaa Allahu walakinna aktharahum yajhaloona

Word-by-word

Ayah 111

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَلَوْ Walaw And (even) if
2 أَنَّنَا annana [that] We (had)
3 نَزَّلْنَآ nazzalna [We] sent down ن ز ل
4 إِلَيْهِمُ ilayhimu to them
5 الْمَلَآئِكَةَ almalaikata the Angels م ل ك
6 وَكَلَّمَهُمُ wakallamahumu and spoken to them ك ل م
7 الْمَوْتَىٰ almawta the dead م و ت
8 وَحَشَرْنَا wahasharna and We gathered ح ش ر
9 عَلَيْهِمْ AAalayhim before them
10 كُلَّ kulla every ك ل ل
11 شَىْءٍ shayin thing ش ي أ
12 قُبُلًا qubulan face to face ق ب ل
13 مَّا ma not
14 كَانُواْ kanoo they were ك و ن
15 لِيُؤْمِنُواْ liyuminoo to believe أ م ن
16 إِلَّآ illa unless
17 أَن an [that]
18 يَشَآءَ yashaa wills ش ي أ
19 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
20 وَلَٰكِنَّ walakinna But
21 أَكْثَرَهُمْ aktharahum most of them ك ث ر
22 يَجْهَلُونَ yajhaloona (are) ignorant ج ه ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 112

وَكَذَٰلِكَ جَعَلْنَا لِكُلِّ نَبِىٍّ عَدُوًّا شَيَٰطِينَ ٱلْإِنسِ وَٱلْجِنِّ يُوحِى بَعْضُهُمْ إِلَىٰ بَعْضٍۢ زُخْرُفَ ٱلْقَوْلِ غُرُورًۭا ۚ وَلَوْ شَآءَ رَبُّكَ مَا فَعَلُوهُ ۖ فَذَرْهُمْ وَمَا يَفْتَرُونَ.(112)

And thus We have made for every prophet an enemy - devils from mankind and jinn, inspiring to one another decorative speech in delusion. But if your Lord had willed, they would not have done it, so leave them and that which they invent. [Al-Anaam: 112]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 112

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And thus We have made for every prophet an enemy - devils from mankind and jinn, inspiring to one another decorative speech in delusion. But if your Lord had willed, they would not have done it, so leave them and that which they invent.

Transliteration

Ayah 112

Wakathalika jaAAalna likulli nabiyyin AAaduwwan shayateena alinsi waaljinni yoohee baAAduhum ila baAAdin zukhrufa alqawli ghurooran walaw shaa rabbuka ma faAAaloohu fatharhum wama yaftaroona

Word-by-word

Ayah 112

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَكَذَٰلِكَ Wakathalika And thus
2 جَعَلْنَا jaAAalna We made ج ع ل
3 لِكُلِّ likulli for every ك ل ل
4 نِبِيٍّ nabiyyin Prophet ن ب أ
5 عَدُوًّا AAaduwwan an enemy ع د و
6 شَيَاطِينَ shayateena devils ش ط ن
7 الْإِنسِ alinsi (from) the mankind أ ن س
8 وَالْجِنِّ waaljinni and the jinn ج ن ن
9 يُوحِى yoohee inspiring و ح ي
10 بَعْضُهُمْ baAAduhum some of them ب ع ض
11 إِلَىٰ ila to
12 بَعْضٍ baAAdin others ب ع ض
13 زُخْرُفَ zukhrufa (with) decorative ز خ ر ف
14 الْقَوْلِ alqawli [the] speech ق و ل
15 غُرُورًا ghurooran (in) deception غ ر ر
16 وَلَوْ walaw But if
17 شَآءَ shaa (had) willed ش ي أ
18 رَبُّكَ rabbuka your Lord ر ب ب
19 مَا ma not
20 فَعَلُوهُ faAAaloohu they (would) have done it ف ع ل
21 فَذَرْهُمْ fatharhum so leave them و ذ ر
22 وَمَا wama and what
23 يَفْتَرُونَ yaftaroona they invent ف ر ي

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 113

وَلِتَصْغَىٰٓ إِلَيْهِ أَفْـِٔدَةُ ٱلَّذِينَ لَا يُؤْمِنُونَ بِٱلْآخِرَةِ وَلِيَرْضَوْهُ وَلِيَقْتَرِفُوا۟ مَا هُم مُّقْتَرِفُونَ.(113)

And [it is] so the hearts of those who disbelieve in the Hereafter will incline toward it [i.e., deceptive speech] and that they will be satisfied with it and that they will commit that which they are committing. [Al-Anaam: 113]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 113

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And [it is] so the hearts of those who disbelieve in the Hereafter will incline toward it [i.e., deceptive speech] and that they will be satisfied with it and that they will commit that which they are committing.

Transliteration

Ayah 113

Walitasgha ilayhi afidatu allatheena la yuminoona bialakhirati waliyardawhu waliyaqtarifoo ma hum muqtarifoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 113

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَلِتَصْغَىٰٓ Walitasgha And so that incline ص غ و
2 إِلَيْهِ ilayhi to it
3 أَفْئِدَةُ afidatu hearts ف أ د
4 الَّذِينَ allatheena (of) those who
5 لَا la (do) not
6 يُؤْمِنُونَ yuminoona believe أ م ن
7 بِالْاَٰخِرَةِ bialakhirati in the Hereafter أ خ ر
8 وَلِيَرْضَوْهُ waliyardawhu and so that they may be pleased with it ر ض و
9 وَلِيَقْتَرِفُواْ waliyaqtarifoo and so that they may commit ق ر ف
10 مَا ma what
11 هُم hum they
12 مُّقْتَرِفُونَ muqtarifoona (are) committing ق ر ف

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 114

أَفَغَيْرَ ٱللَّهِ أَبْتَغِى حَكَمًۭا وَهُوَ ٱلَّذِىٓ أَنزَلَ إِلَيْكُمُ ٱلْكِتَٰبَ مُفَصَّلًۭا ۚ وَٱلَّذِينَ ءَاتَيْنَٰهُمُ ٱلْكِتَٰبَ يَعْلَمُونَ أَنَّهُۥ مُنَزَّلٌۭ مِّن رَّبِّكَ بِٱلْحَقِّ ۖ فَلَا تَكُونَنَّ مِنَ ٱلْمُمْتَرِينَ.(114)

[Say], "Then is it other than Allāh I should seek as judge while it is He who has revealed to you the Book [i.e., the Qur’ān] explained in detail?" And those to whom We [previously] gave the Scripture know that it is sent down from your Lord in truth, so never be among the doubters. [Al-Anaam: 114]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 114

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

[Say], "Then is it other than Allāh I should seek as judge while it is He who has revealed to you the Book [i.e., the Qur’ān] explained in detail?" And those to whom We [previously] gave the Scripture know that it is sent down from your Lord in truth, so never be among the doubters.

Transliteration

Ayah 114

Afaghayra Allahi abtaghee hakaman wahuwa allathee anzala ilaykumu alkitaba mufassalan waallatheena ataynahumu alkitaba yaAAlamoona annahu munazzalun min rabbika bialhaqqi fala takoonanna mina almumtareena

Word-by-word

Ayah 114

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 أَفَغَيْرَ Afaghayra Then is (it) other than? غ ي ر
2 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
3 أَبْتَغِى abtaghee I seek ب غ ي
4 حَكَمًا hakaman (as) judge ح ك م
5 وَهُوَ wahuwa while He
6 الَّذِىٓ allathee (is) the One Who
7 أَنزَلَ anzala has revealed ن ز ل
8 إِلَيْكُمُ ilaykumu to you
9 الْكِتَابَ alkitaba the Book ك ت ب
10 مُفَصَّلًا mufassalan explained in detail ف ص ل
11 وَالَّذِينَ waallatheena And those (to) whom
12 اٰتَيْنَاهُمُ ataynahumu We gave them أ ت ي
13 الْكِتَابَ alkitaba the Book ك ت ب
14 يَعْلَمُونَ yaAAlamoona they know ع ل م
15 أَنَّهُۥ annahu that it
16 مُنَزَّلٌ munazzalun (is) sent down ن ز ل
17 مِّن min from
18 رَّبِّكَ rabbika your Lord ر ب ب
19 بِالْحَقِّ bialhaqqi in truth ح ق ق
20 فَلَا fala so (do) not
21 تَكُونَنَّ takoonanna be ك و ن
22 مِنَ mina among
23 الْمُمْتَرِينَ almumtareena the ones who doubt م ر ي

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 115

وَتَمَّتْ كَلِمَتُ رَبِّكَ صِدْقًۭا وَعَدْلًۭا ۚ لَّا مُبَدِّلَ لِكَلِمَٰتِهِۦ ۚ وَهُوَ ٱلسَّمِيعُ ٱلْعَلِيمُ.(115)

And the word of your Lord has been fulfilled in truth and in justice. None can alter His words, and He is the Hearing, the Knowing. [Al-Anaam: 115]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 115

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And the word of your Lord has been fulfilled in truth and in justice. None can alter His words, and He is the Hearing, the Knowing.

Transliteration

Ayah 115

Watammat kalimatu rabbika sidqan waAAadlan la mubaddila likalimatihi wahuwa alssameeAAu alAAaleemu

Word-by-word

Ayah 115

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَتَمَّتْ Watammat And (has been) fulfilled ت م م
2 كَلِمَتُ kalimatu (the) word ك ل م
3 رَبِّكَ rabbika (of) your Lord ر ب ب
4 صِدْقًا sidqan (in) truth ص د ق
5 وَعَدْلًا waAAadlan and justice ع د ل
6 لَّا la No
7 مُبَدِّلَ mubaddila one can change ب د ل
8 لِكَلِمَاتِهِۦ likalimatihi His words ك ل م
9 وَهُوَ wahuwa and He
10 السَّمِيعُ alssameeAAu (is) the All-Hearer س م ع
11 الْعَلِيمُ alAAaleemu the All-Knower ع ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 116

وَإِن تُطِعْ أَكْثَرَ مَن فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ يُضِلُّوكَ عَن سَبِيلِ ٱللَّهِ ۚ إِن يَتَّبِعُونَ إِلَّا ٱلظَّنَّ وَإِنْ هُمْ إِلَّا يَخْرُصُونَ.(116)

And if you obey most of those upon the earth, they will mislead you from the way of Allāh. They follow not except assumption, and they are not but misjudging.1 [Al-Anaam: 116]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 116

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And if you obey most of those upon the earth, they will mislead you from the way of Allāh. They follow not except assumption, and they are not but misjudging.1

Transliteration

Ayah 116

Wain tutiAA akthara man fee alardi yudillooka AAan sabeeli Allahi in yattabiAAoona illa alththanna wain hum illa yakhrusoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 116

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَإِن Wain And if
2 تُطِعْ tutiAA you obey ط و ع
3 أَكْثَرَ akthara most ك ث ر
4 مَن man of
5 فِى fee (those) in
6 الْأَرْضِ alardi the earth أ ر ض
7 يُضِلُّوكَ yudillooka they will mislead you ض ل ل
8 عَن AAan from
9 سَبِيلِ sabeeli (the) way س ب ل
10 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
11 إِن in Not
12 يَتَّبِعُونَ yattabiAAoona they follow ت ب ع
13 إِلَّا illa except
14 الظَّنَّ alththanna [the] assumption ظ ن ن
15 وَإِنْ wain and not
16 هُمْ hum they (do)
17 إِلَّا illa except
18 يَخْرُصُونَ yakhrusoona guess خ ر ص

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 117

إِنَّ رَبَّكَ هُوَ أَعْلَمُ مَن يَضِلُّ عَن سَبِيلِهِۦ ۖ وَهُوَ أَعْلَمُ بِٱلْمُهْتَدِينَ.(117)

Indeed, your Lord is most knowing of who strays from His way, and He is most knowing of the [rightly] guided. [Al-Anaam: 117]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 117

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Indeed, your Lord is most knowing of who strays from His way, and He is most knowing of the [rightly] guided.

Transliteration

Ayah 117

Inna rabbaka huwa aAAlamu man yadillu AAan sabeelihi wahuwa aAAlamu bialmuhtadeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 117

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 إِنَّ Inna Indeed
2 رَبَّكَ rabbaka your Lord ر ب ب
3 هُوَ huwa He
4 أَعْلَمُ aAAlamu knows best ع ل م
5 مَن man who
6 يَضِلُّ yadillu strays ض ل ل
7 عَن AAan from
8 سَبِيلِهِۦ sabeelihi His way س ب ل
9 وَهُوَ wahuwa and He
10 أَعْلَمُ aAAlamu (is) most knowing ع ل م
11 بِالْمُهْتَدِينَ bialmuhtadeena of the guided-ones ه د ي

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 118

فَكُلُوا۟ مِمَّا ذُكِرَ ٱسْمُ ٱللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ إِن كُنتُم بِـَٔايَٰتِهِۦ مُؤْمِنِينَ.(118)

So eat of that [meat] upon which the name of Allāh has been mentioned,1 if you are believers in His verses [i.e., revealed law]. [Al-Anaam: 118]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 118

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

So eat of that [meat] upon which the name of Allāh has been mentioned,1 if you are believers in His verses [i.e., revealed law].

Transliteration

Ayah 118

Fakuloo mimma thukira ismu Allahi AAalayhi in kuntum biayatihi mumineena

Word-by-word

Ayah 118

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 فَكُلُواْ Fakuloo So eat أ ك ل
2 مِمَّا mimma of what
3 ذُكِرَ thukira (is) mentioned ذ ك ر
4 اسْمُ ismu (the) name س م و
5 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
6 عَلَيْهِ AAalayhi on it
7 إِن in if
8 كُنتُمْ kuntum you are ك و ن
9 بِاٰيَاتِهِۦ biayatihi in His Verses أ ي ي
10 مُؤْمِنِينَ mumineena believers أ م ن

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 119

وَمَا لَكُمْ أَلَّا تَأْكُلُوا۟ مِمَّا ذُكِرَ ٱسْمُ ٱللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ وَقَدْ فَصَّلَ لَكُم مَّا حَرَّمَ عَلَيْكُمْ إِلَّا مَا ٱضْطُرِرْتُمْ إِلَيْهِ ۗ وَإِنَّ كَثِيرًۭا لَّيُضِلُّونَ بِأَهْوَآئِهِم بِغَيْرِ عِلْمٍ ۗ إِنَّ رَبَّكَ هُوَ أَعْلَمُ بِٱلْمُعْتَدِينَ.(119)

And why should you not eat of that upon which the name of Allāh has been mentioned while He has explained in detail to you what He has forbidden you, excepting that to which you are compelled.1 And indeed do many lead [others] astray through their [own] inclinations without knowledge. Indeed, your Lord - He is most knowing of the transgressors. [Al-Anaam: 119]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 119

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And why should you not eat of that upon which the name of Allāh has been mentioned while He has explained in detail to you what He has forbidden you, excepting that to which you are compelled.1 And indeed do many lead [others] astray through their [own] inclinations without knowledge. Indeed, your Lord - He is most knowing of the transgressors.

Transliteration

Ayah 119

Wama lakum alla takuloo mimma thukira ismu Allahi AAalayhi waqad fassala lakum ma harrama AAalaykum illa ma idturirtum ilayhi wainna katheeran layudilloona biahwaihim bighayri AAilmin inna rabbaka huwa aAAlamu bialmuAAtadeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 119

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَمَا Wama And what?
2 لَكُمْ lakum for you
3 أَلَّا alla that not
4 تَأْكُلُواْ takuloo you eat أ ك ل
5 مِمَّا mimma of what
6 ذُكِرَ thukira has been mentioned ذ ك ر
7 اسْمُ ismu (the) name س م و
8 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
9 عَلَيْهِ AAalayhi on it
10 وَقَدْ waqad when indeed
11 فَصَّلَ fassala He (has) explained in detail ف ص ل
12 لَكُم lakum to you
13 مَّا ma what
14 حَرَّمَ harrama He (has) forbidden ح ر م
15 عَلَيْكُمْ AAalaykum to you
16 إِلَّا illa except
17 مَا ma what
18 اضْطُرِرْتُمْ idturirtum you are compelled ض ر ر
19 إِلَيْهِ ilayhi to it
20 وَإِنَّ wainna And indeed
21 كَثِيرًا katheeran many ك ث ر
22 لَّيُضِلُّونَ layudilloona surely lead astray ض ل ل
23 بِأَهْوَآئِهِم biahwaihim by their (vain) desires ه و ي
24 بِغَيْرِ bighayri without غ ي ر
25 عِلْمٍ AAilmin knowledge ع ل م
26 إِنَّ inna Indeed
27 رَبَّكَ rabbaka your Lord ر ب ب
28 هُوَ huwa He
29 أَعْلَمُ aAAlamu (is) most knowing ع ل م
30 بِالْمُعْتَدِينَ bialmuAAtadeena of the transgressors ع د و

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 120

وَذَرُوا۟ ظَٰهِرَ ٱلْإِثْمِ وَبَاطِنَهُۥٓ ۚ إِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ يَكْسِبُونَ ٱلْإِثْمَ سَيُجْزَوْنَ بِمَا كَانُوا۟ يَقْتَرِفُونَ.(120)

And leave [i.e., desist from] what is apparent of sin and what is concealed thereof. Indeed, those who earn [blame for] sin will be recompensed for that which they used to commit. [Al-Anaam: 120]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 120

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And leave [i.e., desist from] what is apparent of sin and what is concealed thereof. Indeed, those who earn [blame for] sin will be recompensed for that which they used to commit.

Transliteration

Ayah 120

Watharoo thahira alithmi wabatinahu inna allatheena yaksiboona alithma sayujzawna bima kanoo yaqtarifoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 120

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَذَرُواْ Watharoo Forsake و ذ ر
2 ظَاهِرَ thahira open ظ ه ر
3 الْإِثْمِ alithmi [the] sins أ ث م
4 وَبَاطِنَهُۥٓ wabatinahu and the secret ب ط ن
5 إِنَّ inna Indeed
6 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
7 يَكْسِبُونَ yaksiboona earn ك س ب
8 الْإِثْمَ alithma [the] sin أ ث م
9 سَيُجْزَوْنَ sayujzawna they will be recompensed ج ز ي
10 بِمَا bima for what
11 كَانُواْ kanoo they used to ك و ن
12 يَقْتَرِفُونَ yaqtarifoona commit ق ر ف

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 121

وَلَا تَأْكُلُوا۟ مِمَّا لَمْ يُذْكَرِ ٱسْمُ ٱللَّهِ عَلَيْهِ وَإِنَّهُۥ لَفِسْقٌۭ ۗ وَإِنَّ ٱلشَّيَٰطِينَ لَيُوحُونَ إِلَىٰٓ أَوْلِيَآئِهِمْ لِيُجَٰدِلُوكُمْ ۖ وَإِنْ أَطَعْتُمُوهُمْ إِنَّكُمْ لَمُشْرِكُونَ.(121)

And do not eat of that upon which the name of Allāh has not been mentioned, for indeed, it is grave disobedience. And indeed do the devils inspire their allies [among men] to dispute with you. And if you were to obey them, indeed, you would be associators [of others with Him].1 [Al-Anaam: 121]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 121

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And do not eat of that upon which the name of Allāh has not been mentioned, for indeed, it is grave disobedience. And indeed do the devils inspire their allies [among men] to dispute with you. And if you were to obey them, indeed, you would be associators [of others with Him].1

Transliteration

Ayah 121

Wala takuloo mimma lam yuthkari ismu Allahi AAalayhi wainnahu lafisqun wainna alshshayateena layoohoona ila awliyaihim liyujadilookum wain ataAAtumoohum innakum lamushrikoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 121

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَلَا Wala And (do) not
2 تَأْكُلُواْ takuloo eat أ ك ل
3 مِمَّا mimma of that
4 لَمْ lam not
5 يُذْكَرِ yuthkari has been mentioned ذ ك ر
6 اسْمُ ismu (the) name س م و
7 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
8 عَلَيْهِ AAalayhi on it
9 وَإِنَّهُۥ wainnahu and indeed it (is)
10 لَفِسْقٌ lafisqun grave disobedience ف س ق
11 وَإِنَّ wainna And indeed
12 الشَّيَاطِينَ alshshayateena the devils ش ط ن
13 لَيُوحُونَ layoohoona inspire و ح ي
14 إِلَىٰٓ ila to
15 أَوْلِيَآئِهِمْ awliyaihim their friends و ل ي
16 لِيُجَٰدِلُوكُمْ liyujadilookum so that they dispute with you ج د ل
17 وَإِنْ wain and if
18 أَطَعْتُمُوهُمْ ataAAtumoohum you obey them ط و ع
19 إِنَّكُمْ innakum indeed you
20 لَمُشْرِكُونَ lamushrikoona (would) be the polytheists ش ر ك

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 122

أَوَمَن كَانَ مَيْتًۭا فَأَحْيَيْنَٰهُ وَجَعَلْنَا لَهُۥ نُورًۭا يَمْشِى بِهِۦ فِى ٱلنَّاسِ كَمَن مَّثَلُهُۥ فِى ٱلظُّلُمَٰتِ لَيْسَ بِخَارِجٍۢ مِّنْهَا ۚ كَذَٰلِكَ زُيِّنَ لِلْكَٰفِرِينَ مَا كَانُوا۟ يَعْمَلُونَ.(122)

And is one who was dead and We gave him life and made for him light by which to walk among the people like one who is in darkness, never to emerge therefrom? Thus it has been made pleasing to the disbelievers that which they were doing. [Al-Anaam: 122]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 122

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And is one who was dead and We gave him life and made for him light by which to walk among the people like one who is in darkness, never to emerge therefrom? Thus it has been made pleasing to the disbelievers that which they were doing.

Transliteration

Ayah 122

Awa man kana maytan faahyaynahu wajaAAalna lahu nooran yamshee bihi fee alnnasi kaman mathaluhu fee alththulumati laysa bikharijin minha kathalika zuyyina lilkafireena ma kanoo yaAAmaloona

Word-by-word

Ayah 122

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 أَوَمَن Awaman Is (one) who?
2 كَانَ kana was ك و ن
3 مَيْتًا maytan dead م و ت
4 فَأَحْيَيْنَاهُ faahyaynahu and We gave him life ح ي ي
5 وَجَعَلْنَا wajaAAalna and We made ج ع ل
6 لَهُۥ lahu for him
7 نُورًا nooran light ن و ر
8 يَمْشِى yamshee he walks م ش ي
9 بِهِۦ bihi whereby
10 فِى fee among
11 النَّاسِ alnnasi the people ن و س
12 كَمَن kaman like (one) who
13 مَّثَلُهُۥ mathaluhu [similar to him] م ث ل
14 فِى fee (is) in
15 الظُّلُمَاتِ alththulumati the darknesses ظ ل م
16 لَيْسَ laysa not ل ي س
17 بِخَارِجٍ bikharijin he comes out خ ر ج
18 مِّنْهَا minha of it
19 كَذَٰلِكَ kathalika Thus
20 زُيِّنَ zuyyina is made fair-seeming ز ي ن
21 لِلْكَافِرِينَ lilkafireena to the disbelievers ك ف ر
22 مَا ma what
23 كَانُواْ kanoo they were ك و ن
24 يَعْمَلُونَ yaAAmaloona doing ع م ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 123

وَكَذَٰلِكَ جَعَلْنَا فِى كُلِّ قَرْيَةٍ أَكَٰبِرَ مُجْرِمِيهَا لِيَمْكُرُوا۟ فِيهَا ۖ وَمَا يَمْكُرُونَ إِلَّا بِأَنفُسِهِمْ وَمَا يَشْعُرُونَ.(123)

And thus We have placed within every city the greatest of its criminals to conspire therein. But they conspire not except against themselves, and they perceive [it] not. [Al-Anaam: 123]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 123

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And thus We have placed within every city the greatest of its criminals to conspire therein. But they conspire not except against themselves, and they perceive [it] not.

Transliteration

Ayah 123

Wakathalika jaAAalna fee kulli qaryatin akabira mujrimeeha liyamkuroo feeha wama yamkuroona illa bianfusihim wama yashAAuroona

Word-by-word

Ayah 123

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَكَذَٰلِكَ Wakathalika And thus
2 جَعَلْنَا jaAAalna We placed ج ع ل
3 فِى fee in
4 كُلِّ kulli every ك ل ل
5 قَرْيَةٍ qaryatin city ق ر ي
6 أَكَابِرَ akabira greatest ك ب ر
7 مُجْرِمِيهَا mujrimeeha (of) its criminals ج ر م
8 لِيَمْكُرُواْ liyamkuroo so that they plot م ك ر
9 فِيهَا feeha therein
10 وَمَا wama And not
11 يَمْكُرُونَ yamkuroona they plot م ك ر
12 إِلَّا illa except
13 بِأَنفُسِهِمْ bianfusihim against themselves ن ف س
14 وَمَا wama and not
15 يَشْعُرُونَ yashAAuroona they perceive ش ع ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 124

وَإِذَا جَآءَتْهُمْ ءَايَةٌۭ قَالُوا۟ لَن نُّؤْمِنَ حَتَّىٰ نُؤْتَىٰ مِثْلَ مَآ أُوتِىَ رُسُلُ ٱللَّهِ ۘ ٱللَّهُ أَعْلَمُ حَيْثُ يَجْعَلُ رِسَالَتَهُۥ ۗ سَيُصِيبُ ٱلَّذِينَ أَجْرَمُوا۟ صَغَارٌ عِندَ ٱللَّهِ وَعَذَابٌۭ شَدِيدٌۢ بِمَا كَانُوا۟ يَمْكُرُونَ.(124)

And when a sign comes to them, they say, "Never will we believe until we are given like that which was given to the messengers of Allāh." Allāh is most knowing of where [i.e., with whom] He places His message. There will afflict those who committed crimes debasement before Allāh and severe punishment for what they used to conspire. [Al-Anaam: 124]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 124

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And when a sign comes to them, they say, "Never will we believe until we are given like that which was given to the messengers of Allāh." Allāh is most knowing of where [i.e., with whom] He places His message. There will afflict those who committed crimes debasement before Allāh and severe punishment for what they used to conspire.

Transliteration

Ayah 124

Waitha jaathum ayatun qaloo lan numina hatta nuta mithla ma ootiya rusulu Allahi Allahu aAAlamu haythu yajAAalu risalatahu sayuseebu allatheena ajramoo sagharun AAinda Allahi waAAathabun shadeedun bima kanoo yamkuroona

Word-by-word

Ayah 124

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَإِذَا Waitha And when
2 جَآءَتْهُمْ jaathum comes to them ج ي أ
3 اٰيَةٌ ayatun a Sign أ ي ي
4 قَالُواْ qaloo they say ق و ل
5 لَن lan Never
6 نُّؤْمِنَ numina we will believe أ م ن
7 حَتَّىٰ hatta until
8 نُؤْتَىٰ nuta we are given أ ت ي
9 مِثْلَ mithla like م ث ل
10 مَآ ma what
11 أُوتِىَ ootiya was given أ ت ي
12 رُسُلُ rusulu (to the) Messengers ر س ل
13 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
14 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
15 أَعْلَمُ aAAlamu knows best ع ل م
16 حَيْثُ haythu where ح ي ث
17 يَجْعَلُ yajAAalu He places ج ع ل
18 رِسَالَتَهُۥ risalatahu His Message ر س ل
19 سَيُصِيبُ sayuseebu Will afflict ص و ب
20 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
21 أَجْرَمُواْ ajramoo committed crimes ج ر م
22 صَغَارٌ sagharun a humiliation ص غ ر
23 عِندَ AAinda from ع ن د
24 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
25 وَعَذَابٌ waAAathabun and a punishment ع ذ ب
26 شَدِيدٌ shadeedun severe ش د د
27 بِمَا bima for what
28 كَانُواْ kanoo they used to ك و ن
29 يَمْكُرُونَ yamkuroona plot م ك ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 125

فَمَن يُرِدِ ٱللَّهُ أَن يَهْدِيَهُۥ يَشْرَحْ صَدْرَهُۥ لِلْإِسْلَٰمِ ۖ وَمَن يُرِدْ أَن يُضِلَّهُۥ يَجْعَلْ صَدْرَهُۥ ضَيِّقًا حَرَجًۭا كَأَنَّمَا يَصَّعَّدُ فِى ٱلسَّمَآءِ ۚ كَذَٰلِكَ يَجْعَلُ ٱللَّهُ ٱلرِّجْسَ عَلَى ٱلَّذِينَ لَا يُؤْمِنُونَ.(125)

So whoever Allāh wants to guide - He expands his breast to [contain] Islām; and whoever He wants to send astray1 - He makes his breast tight and constricted as though he were climbing into the sky. Thus does Allāh place defilement upon those who do not believe. [Al-Anaam: 125]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 125

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

So whoever Allāh wants to guide - He expands his breast to [contain] Islām; and whoever He wants to send astray1 - He makes his breast tight and constricted as though he were climbing into the sky. Thus does Allāh place defilement upon those who do not believe.

Transliteration

Ayah 125

Faman yuridi Allahu an yahdiyahu yashrah sadrahu lilislami waman yurid an yudillahu yajAAal sadrahu dayyiqan harajan kaannama yassaAAAAadu fee alssamai kathalika yajAAalu Allahu alrrijsa AAala allatheena la yuminoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 125

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 فَمَن Faman So whoever
2 يُرِدِ yuridi wants ر و د
3 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
4 أَن an that
5 يَهْدِيَهُۥ yahdiyahu He guides him ه د ي
6 يَشْرَحْ yashrah He expands ش ر ح
7 صَدْرَهُۥ sadrahu his breast ص د ر
8 لِلْإِسْلَامِ lilislami to Islam س ل م
9 وَمَن waman and whoever
10 يُرِدْ yurid He wants ر و د
11 أَن an that
12 يُضِلَّهُۥ yudillahu He lets him go astray ض ل ل
13 يَجْعَلْ yajAAal He makes ج ع ل
14 صَدْرَهُۥ sadrahu his breast ص د ر
15 ضَيِّقًا dayyiqan tight ض ي ق
16 حَرَجًا harajan and constricted ح ر ج
17 كَأَنَّمَا kaannama as though
18 يَصَّعَّدُ yassaAAAAadu he (were) climbing ص ع د
19 فِى fee into
20 السَّمَآءِ alssamai the sky س م و
21 كَذَٰلِكَ kathalika Thus
22 يَجْعَلُ yajAAalu places ج ع ل
23 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
24 الرِّجْسَ alrrijsa the filth ر ج س
25 عَلَى AAala on
26 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
27 لَا la (do) not
28 يُؤْمِنُونَ yuminoona believe أ م ن

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 126

وَهَٰذَا صِرَٰطُ رَبِّكَ مُسْتَقِيمًۭا ۗ قَدْ فَصَّلْنَا ٱلْآيَٰتِ لِقَوْمٍۢ يَذَّكَّرُونَ.(126)

And this is the path of your Lord, [leading] straight. We have detailed the verses for a people who remember. [Al-Anaam: 126]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 126

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And this is the path of your Lord, [leading] straight. We have detailed the verses for a people who remember.

Transliteration

Ayah 126

Wahatha siratu rabbika mustaqeeman qad fassalna alayati liqawmin yaththakkaroona

Word-by-word

Ayah 126

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَهَٰذَا Wahatha And this
2 صِرَاطُ siratu (is the) way ص ر ط
3 رَبِّكَ rabbika (of) your Lord ر ب ب
4 مُسْتَقِيمًا mustaqeeman straight ق و م
5 قَدْ qad Certainly
6 فَصَّلْنَا fassalna We have detailed ف ص ل
7 الاٰيَاتِ alayati the Verses أ ي ي
8 لِقَوْمٍ liqawmin for a people ق و م
9 يَذَّكَّرُونَ yaththakkaroona who take heed ذ ك ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 127

لَهُمْ دَارُ ٱلسَّلَٰمِ عِندَ رَبِّهِمْ ۖ وَهُوَ وَلِيُّهُم بِمَا كَانُوا۟ يَعْمَلُونَ.(127)

For them will be the Home of Peace [i.e., Paradise] with their Lord. And He will be their protecting friend because of what they used to do. [Al-Anaam: 127]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 127

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

For them will be the Home of Peace [i.e., Paradise] with their Lord. And He will be their protecting friend because of what they used to do.

Transliteration

Ayah 127

Lahum daru alssalami AAinda rabbihim wahuwa waliyyuhum bima kanoo yaAAmaloona

Word-by-word

Ayah 127

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 لَهُمْ Lahum For them
2 دَارُ daru (will be) home د و ر
3 السَّلَامِ alssalami (of) [the] peace س ل م
4 عِندَ AAinda with ع ن د
5 رَبِّهِمْ rabbihim their Lord ر ب ب
6 وَهُوَ wahuwa And He
7 وَلِيُّهُمْ waliyyuhum (will be) their protecting friend و ل ي
8 بِمَا bima because
9 كَانُواْ kanoo (of what) they used to ك و ن
10 يَعْمَلُونَ yaAAmaloona do ع م ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 128

وَيَوْمَ يَحْشُرُهُمْ جَمِيعًۭا يَٰمَعْشَرَ ٱلْجِنِّ قَدِ ٱسْتَكْثَرْتُم مِّنَ ٱلْإِنسِ ۖ وَقَالَ أَوْلِيَآؤُهُم مِّنَ ٱلْإِنسِ رَبَّنَا ٱسْتَمْتَعَ بَعْضُنَا بِبَعْضٍۢ وَبَلَغْنَآ أَجَلَنَا ٱلَّذِىٓ أَجَّلْتَ لَنَا ۚ قَالَ ٱلنَّارُ مَثْوَىٰكُمْ خَٰلِدِينَ فِيهَآ إِلَّا مَا شَآءَ ٱللَّهُ ۗ إِنَّ رَبَّكَ حَكِيمٌ عَلِيمٌۭ.(128)

And [mention, O Muḥammad], the Day when He will gather them together [and say], "O company of jinn, you have [misled] many of mankind." And their allies among mankind will say, "Our Lord, some of us made use of others, and we have [now] reached our term which You appointed for us." He will say, "The Fire is your residence, wherein you will abide eternally, except for what Allāh wills. Indeed, your Lord is Wise and Knowing." [Al-Anaam: 128]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 128

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And [mention, O Muḥammad], the Day when He will gather them together [and say], "O company of jinn, you have [misled] many of mankind." And their allies among mankind will say, "Our Lord, some of us made use of others, and we have [now] reached our term which You appointed for us." He will say, "The Fire is your residence, wherein you will abide eternally, except for what Allāh wills. Indeed, your Lord is Wise and Knowing."

Transliteration

Ayah 128

Wayawma yahshuruhum jameeAAan ya maAAshara aljinni qadi istakthartum mina alinsi waqala awliyaohum mina alinsi rabbana istamtaAAa baAAduna bibaAAdin wabalaghna ajalana allathee ajjalta lana qala alnnaru mathwakum khalideena feeha illa ma shaa Allahu inna rabbaka hakeemun AAaleemun

Word-by-word

Ayah 128

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَيَوْمَ Wayawma And (the) Day ي و م
2 يَحْشُرُهُمْ yahshuruhum He will gather them ح ش ر
3 جَمِيعًا jameeAAan all ج م ع
4 يَامَعْشَرَ yamaAAshara (and will say) O assembly ع ش ر
5 الْجِنِّ aljinni (of) [the] jinn! ج ن ن
6 قَدِ qadi Certainly
7 اسْتَكْثَرْتُم istakthartum you have (misled) many ك ث ر
8 مِّنَ mina of
9 الْإِنسِ alinsi the mankind أ ن س
10 وَقَالَ waqala And will say ق و ل
11 أَوْلِيَآؤُهُم awliyaohum their friends و ل ي
12 مِّنَ mina among
13 الْإِنسِ alinsi the men أ ن س
14 رَبَّنَا rabbana Our Lord ر ب ب
15 اسْتَمْتَعَ istamtaAAa profited م ت ع
16 بَعْضُنَا baAAduna some of us ب ع ض
17 بِبَعْضٍ bibaAAdin by others ب ع ض
18 وَبَلَغْنَآ wabalaghna and we have reached ب ل غ
19 أَجَلَنَا ajalana our term أ ج ل
20 الَّذِىٓ allathee which
21 أَجَّلْتَ ajjalta You appointed أ ج ل
22 لَنَا lana for us
23 قَالَ qala He will say ق و ل
24 النَّارُ alnnaru The Fire ن و ر
25 مَثْوَاكُمْ mathwakum (is) your abode ث و ي
26 خَالِدِينَ khalideena will abide forever خ ل د
27 فِيهَآ feeha in it
28 إِلَّا illa except
29 مَا ma (for) what
30 شَآءَ shaa wills ش ي أ
31 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
32 إِنَّ inna Indeed
33 رَبَّكَ rabbaka your Lord ر ب ب
34 حَكِيمٌ hakeemun (is) All-Wise ح ك م
35 عَليمٌ AAaleemun All-Knowing ع ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 129

وَكَذَٰلِكَ نُوَلِّى بَعْضَ ٱلظَّٰلِمِينَ بَعْضًۢا بِمَا كَانُوا۟ يَكْسِبُونَ.(129)

And thus will We make some of the wrongdoers allies of others for what they used to earn.1 [Al-Anaam: 129]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 129

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And thus will We make some of the wrongdoers allies of others for what they used to earn.1

Transliteration

Ayah 129

Wakathalika nuwallee baAAda alththalimeena baAAdan bima kanoo yaksiboona

Word-by-word

Ayah 129

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَكَذَٰلِكَ Wakathalika And thus
2 نُوَلِّى nuwallee We make friends و ل ي
3 بَعْضَ baAAda some (of) ب ع ض
4 الظَّالِمِينَ alththalimeena the wrongdoers ظ ل م
5 بَعْضًا baAAdan (to) others ب ع ض
6 بِمَا bima for what
7 كَانُواْ kanoo they used to ك و ن
8 يَكْسِبُونَ yaksiboona earn ك س ب

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 130

يَٰمَعْشَرَ ٱلْجِنِّ وَٱلْإِنسِ أَلَمْ يَأْتِكُمْ رُسُلٌۭ مِّنكُمْ يَقُصُّونَ عَلَيْكُمْ ءَايَٰتِى وَيُنذِرُونَكُمْ لِقَآءَ يَوْمِكُمْ هَٰذَا ۚ قَالُوا۟ شَهِدْنَا عَلَىٰٓ أَنفُسِنَا ۖ وَغَرَّتْهُمُ ٱلْحَيَوٰةُ ٱلدُّنْيَا وَشَهِدُوا۟ عَلَىٰٓ أَنفُسِهِمْ أَنَّهُمْ كَانُوا۟ كَٰفِرِينَ.(130)

"O company of jinn and mankind,1 did there not come to you messengers from among you, relating to you My verses and warning you of the meeting of this Day of yours?" They will say, "We bear witness against ourselves"; and the worldly life had deluded them, and they will bear witness against themselves that they were disbelievers. [Al-Anaam: 130]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 130

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

"O company of jinn and mankind,1 did there not come to you messengers from among you, relating to you My verses and warning you of the meeting of this Day of yours?" They will say, "We bear witness against ourselves"; and the worldly life had deluded them, and they will bear witness against themselves that they were disbelievers.

Transliteration

Ayah 130

Ya maAAshara aljinni waalinsi alam yatikum rusulun minkum yaqussoona AAalaykum ayatee wayunthiroonakum liqaa yawmikum hatha qaloo shahidna AAala anfusina wagharrathumu alhayatu alddunya washahidoo AAala anfusihim annahum kanoo kafireena

Word-by-word

Ayah 130

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 يَامَعْشَرَ YamaAAshara O assembly ع ش ر
2 الْجِنِّ aljinni (of) [the] jinn ج ن ن
3 وَالْإِنسِ waalinsi and [the] men! أ ن س
4 أَلَمْ alam Did (there) not?
5 يَأْتِكُمْ yatikum come to you أ ت ي
6 رُسُلٌ rusulun Messengers ر س ل
7 مِّنكُمْ minkum from (among) you
8 يَقُصُّونَ yaqussoona relating ق ص ص
9 عَلَيْكُمْ AAalaykum to you
10 اٰيَاتِى ayatee My Verses أ ي ي
11 وَيُنذِرُونَكُمْ wayunthiroonakum and warning you ن ذ ر
12 لِقَآءَ liqaa (of the) meeting ل ق ي
13 يَوْمِكُمْ yawmikum (of) your day ي و م
14 هَٰذَا hatha this
15 قَالُواْ qaloo They will say ق و ل
16 شَهِدْنَا shahidna We bear witness ش ه د
17 عَلَىٰٓ AAala against
18 أَنفُسِنَا anfusina ourselves ن ف س
19 وَغَرَّتْهُمُ wagharrathumu And deluded them غ ر ر
20 الْحَيَاةُ alhayatu the life ح ي ى
21 الدُّنْيَا alddunya (of) the world د ن و
22 وَشَهِدُواْ washahidoo and they will bear witness ش ه د
23 عَلَىٰٓ AAala against
24 أَنفُسِهِمْ anfusihim themselves ن ف س
25 أَنَّهُمْ annahum that they
26 كَانُواْ kanoo were ك و ن
27 كَافِرِينَ kafireena disbelievers ك ف ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 131

ذَٰلِكَ أَن لَّمْ يَكُن رَّبُّكَ مُهْلِكَ ٱلْقُرَىٰ بِظُلْمٍۢ وَأَهْلُهَا غَٰفِلُونَ.(131)

That is because your Lord would not destroy the cities for wrongdoing1 while their people were unaware. [Al-Anaam: 131]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 131

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

That is because your Lord would not destroy the cities for wrongdoing1 while their people were unaware.

Transliteration

Ayah 131

Thalika an lam yakun rabbuka muhlika alqura bithulmin waahluha ghafiloona

Word-by-word

Ayah 131

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 ذَٰلِكَ Thalika That (is because)
2 أَن an [that]
3 لَّمْ lam not
4 يَكُن yakun is ك و ن
5 رَّبُّكَ rabbuka your Lord ر ب ب
6 مُهْلِكَ muhlika one who destroys ه ل ك
7 الْقُرَىٰ alqura the cities ق ر ي
8 بِظُلْمٍ bithulmin for (their) wrongdoing ظ ل م
9 وَأَهْلُهَا waahluha while their people أ ه ل
10 غَافِلُونَ ghafiloona (are) unaware غ ف ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 132

وَلِكُلٍّۢ دَرَجَٰتٌۭ مِّمَّا عَمِلُوا۟ ۚ وَمَا رَبُّكَ بِغَٰفِلٍ عَمَّا يَعْمَلُونَ.(132)

And for all are degrees [i.e., positions resulting] from what they have done. And your Lord is not unaware of what they do. [Al-Anaam: 132]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 132

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And for all are degrees [i.e., positions resulting] from what they have done. And your Lord is not unaware of what they do.

Transliteration

Ayah 132

Walikullin darajatun mimma AAamiloo wama rabbuka bighafilin AAamma yaAAmaloona

Word-by-word

Ayah 132

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَلِكُلٍّ Walikullin And for all ك ل ل
2 دَرَجَاتٌ darajatun (will be) degrees د ر ج
3 مِّمَّا mimma for what
4 عَمِلُواْ AAamiloo they did ع م ل
5 وَمَا wama And not
6 رَبُّكَ rabbuka (is) your Lord ر ب ب
7 بِغَافِلٍ bighafilin unaware غ ف ل
8 عَمَّا AAamma about what
9 يَعْمَلُونَ yaAAmaloona they do ع م ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 133

وَرَبُّكَ ٱلْغَنِىُّ ذُو ٱلرَّحْمَةِ ۚ إِن يَشَأْ يُذْهِبْكُمْ وَيَسْتَخْلِفْ مِنۢ بَعْدِكُم مَّا يَشَآءُ كَمَآ أَنشَأَكُم مِّن ذُرِّيَّةِ قَوْمٍ ءَاخَرِينَ.(133)

And your Lord is the Free of need, the possessor of mercy. If He wills, He can do away with you and give succession after you to whomever He wills, just as He produced you from the descendants of another people. [Al-Anaam: 133]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 133

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And your Lord is the Free of need, the possessor of mercy. If He wills, He can do away with you and give succession after you to whomever He wills, just as He produced you from the descendants of another people.

Transliteration

Ayah 133

Warabbuka alghaniyyu thoo alrrahmati in yasha yuthhibkum wayastakhlif min baAAdikum ma yashao kama anshaakum min thurriyyati qawmin akhareena

Word-by-word

Ayah 133

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَرَبُّكَ Warabbuka And your Lord ر ب ب
2 الْغَنِىُّ alghaniyyu (is) the Self-Sufficient غ ن ي
3 ذُو thoo (the) Possessor
4 الرَّحْمَةِ alrrahmati (of) mercy ر ح م
5 إِن in If
6 يَشَأْ yasha He wills ش ي أ
7 يُذْهِبْكُمْ yuthhibkum He can take you away ذ ه ب
8 وَيَسْتَخْلِفْ wayastakhlif and grant succession خ ل ف
9 مِن min from
10 بَعْدِكُم baAAdikum after you ب ع د
11 مَّا ma (to) whom
12 يَشَآءُ yashao He wills ش ي أ
13 كَمَآ kama as
14 أَنشَأَكُم anshaakum He raised you ن ش أ
15 مِّن min from
16 ذُرِّيَّةِ thurriyyati the descendants ذ ر ر
17 قَوْمٍ qawmin (of) people ق و م
18 اٰخَرِينَ akhareena other أ خ ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 134

إِنَّ مَا تُوعَدُونَ لَآتٍۢ ۖ وَمَآ أَنتُم بِمُعْجِزِينَ.(134)

Indeed, what you are promised is coming, and you will not cause failure [to Allāh].1 [Al-Anaam: 134]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 134

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Indeed, what you are promised is coming, and you will not cause failure [to Allāh].1

Transliteration

Ayah 134

Inna ma tooAAadoona laatin wama antum bimuAAjizeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 134

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 إِنَّ Inna Indeed
2 مَا ma what
3 تُوعَدُونَ tooAAadoona you are promised و ع د
4 لَآتٍ laatin (is) sure to come أ ت ي
5 وَمَآ wama And not
6 أَنتُم antum (can) you
7 بِمُعْجِزِينَ bimuAAjizeena escape (it) ع ج ز

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 135

قُلْ يَٰقَوْمِ ٱعْمَلُوا۟ عَلَىٰ مَكَانَتِكُمْ إِنِّى عَامِلٌۭ ۖ فَسَوْفَ تَعْلَمُونَ مَن تَكُونُ لَهُۥ عَٰقِبَةُ ٱلدَّارِ ۗ إِنَّهُۥ لَا يُفْلِحُ ٱلظَّٰلِمُونَ.(135)

Say, "O my people, work according to your position; [for] indeed, I am working. And you are going to know who will have succession in the home.1 Indeed, the wrongdoers will not succeed." [Al-Anaam: 135]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 135

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Say, "O my people, work according to your position; [for] indeed, I am working. And you are going to know who will have succession in the home.1 Indeed, the wrongdoers will not succeed."

Transliteration

Ayah 135

Qul ya qawmi iAAmaloo AAala makanatikum innee AAamilun fasawfa taAAlamoona man takoonu lahu AAaqibatu alddari innahu la yuflihu alththalimoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 135

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قُلْ Qul Say ق و ل
2 يَاقَوْمِ yaqawmi O my people! ق و م
3 اعْمَلُواْ iAAmaloo Work ع م ل
4 عَلَىٰ AAala on
5 مَكَانَتِكُمْ makanatikum your position ك و ن
6 إِنِّى innee Indeed I am
7 عَامِلٌ AAamilun a worker ع م ل
8 فَسَوْفَ fasawfa And soon
9 تَعْلَمُونَ taAAlamoona you will know ع ل م
10 مَن man who
11 تَكُونُ takoonu will have ك و ن
12 لَهُۥ lahu for himself
13 عَاقِبَةُ AAaqibatu (in) the end ع ق ب
14 الدَّارِ alddari (a good) home د و ر
15 إِنَّهُۥ innahu Indeed [he]
16 لَا la (will) not
17 يُفْلِحُ yuflihu succeed ف ل ح
18 الظَّالِمُونَ alththalimoona the wrongdoers ظ ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 136

وَجَعَلُوا۟ لِلَّهِ مِمَّا ذَرَأَ مِنَ ٱلْحَرْثِ وَٱلْأَنْعَٰمِ نَصِيبًۭا فَقَالُوا۟ هَٰذَا لِلَّهِ بِزَعْمِهِمْ وَهَٰذَا لِشُرَكَآئِنَا ۖ فَمَا كَانَ لِشُرَكَآئِهِمْ فَلَا يَصِلُ إِلَى ٱللَّهِ ۖ وَمَا كَانَ لِلَّهِ فَهُوَ يَصِلُ إِلَىٰ شُرَكَآئِهِمْ ۗ سَآءَ مَا يَحْكُمُونَ.(136)

And they [i.e., the polytheists] assign to Allāh from that which He created of crops and livestock a share and say, "This is for Allāh," by their claim, "and this is for our 'partners' [associated with Him]." But what is for their "partners" does not reach Allāh, while what is for Allāh - this reaches their "partners." Evil is that which they rule. [Al-Anaam: 136]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 136

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And they [i.e., the polytheists] assign to Allāh from that which He created of crops and livestock a share and say, "This is for Allāh," by their claim, "and this is for our 'partners' [associated with Him]." But what is for their "partners" does not reach Allāh, while what is for Allāh - this reaches their "partners." Evil is that which they rule.

Transliteration

Ayah 136

WajaAAaloo lillahi mimma tharaa mina alharthi waalanAAami naseeban faqaloo hatha lillahi bizaAAmihim wahatha lishurakaina fama kana lishurakaihim fala yasilu ila Allahi wama kana lillahi fahuwa yasilu ila shurakaihim saa ma yahkumoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 136

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَجَعَلُواْ WajaAAaloo And they assign ج ع ل
2 لِلّٰهِ lillahi to Allah أ ل ه
3 مِمَّا mimma out of what
4 ذَرَأَ tharaa He produced ذ ر أ
5 مِنَ mina of
6 الْحَرْثِ alharthi the crops ح ر ث
7 وَالْأَنْعَامِ waalanAAami and the cattle ن ع م
8 نَصِيبًا naseeban a share ن ص ب
9 فَقَالُواْ faqaloo and they say ق و ل
10 هَٰذَا hatha This
11 لِلّٰهِ lillahi (is) for Allah أ ل ه
12 بِزَعْمِهِمْ bizaAAmihim by their claim ز ع م
13 وَهَٰذَا wahatha And this
14 لِشُرَكَآئِنَا lishurakaina (is) for our partners ش ر ك
15 فَمَا fama But what
16 كَانَ kana is ك و ن
17 لِشُرَكَآئِهِمْ lishurakaihim for their partners ش ر ك
18 فَلَا fala (does) not
19 يَصِلُ yasilu reach و ص ل
20 إِلَى ila [to]
21 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
22 وَمَا wama while what
23 كَانَ kana is ك و ن
24 لِلّٰهِ lillahi for Allah أ ل ه
25 فَهُوَ fahuwa then it
26 يَصِلُ yasilu reaches و ص ل
27 إِلَىٰ ila [to]
28 شُرَكَآئِهِمْ shurakaihim their partners ش ر ك
29 سَآءَ saa Evil س و أ
30 مَا ma (is) what
31 يَحْكُمُونَ yahkumoona they judge ح ك م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 137

وَكَذَٰلِكَ زَيَّنَ لِكَثِيرٍۢ مِّنَ ٱلْمُشْرِكِينَ قَتْلَ أَوْلَٰدِهِمْ شُرَكَآؤُهُمْ لِيُرْدُوهُمْ وَلِيَلْبِسُوا۟ عَلَيْهِمْ دِينَهُمْ ۖ وَلَوْ شَآءَ ٱللَّهُ مَا فَعَلُوهُ ۖ فَذَرْهُمْ وَمَا يَفْتَرُونَ.(137)

And likewise, to many of the polytheists their partners1 have made [to seem] pleasing the killing of their children in order to bring about their destruction and to cover them with confusion in their religion. And if Allāh had willed, they would not have done so. So leave them and that which they invent. [Al-Anaam: 137]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 137

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And likewise, to many of the polytheists their partners1 have made [to seem] pleasing the killing of their children in order to bring about their destruction and to cover them with confusion in their religion. And if Allāh had willed, they would not have done so. So leave them and that which they invent.

Transliteration

Ayah 137

Wakathalika zayyana likatheerin mina almushrikeena qatla awladihim shurakaohum liyurdoohum waliyalbisoo AAalayhim deenahum walaw shaa Allahu ma faAAaloohu fatharhum wama yaftaroona

Word-by-word

Ayah 137

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَكَذَٰلِكَ Wakathalika And likewise
2 زَيَّنَ zayyana made pleasing ز ي ن
3 لِكَثِيرٍ likatheerin to many ك ث ر
4 مِّنَ mina of
5 الْمُشْرِكِينَ almushrikeena the polytheists ش ر ك
6 قَتْلَ qatla (the) killing ق ت ل
7 أَوْلَادِهِمْ awladihim (of) their children و ل د
8 شُرَكَآؤُهُمْ shurakaohum their partners ش ر ك
9 لِيُرْدُوهُمْ liyurdoohum so that they may ruin them ر د ي
10 وَلِيَلْبِسُواْ waliyalbisoo and that they make confusing ل ب س
11 عَلَيْهِمْ AAalayhim to them
12 دِينَهُمْ deenahum their religion د ي ن
13 وَلَوْ walaw And if
14 شَآءَ shaa (had) willed ش ي أ
15 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
16 مَا ma not
17 فَعَلُوهُ faAAaloohu (would) they have done so ف ع ل
18 فَذَرْهُمْ fatharhum So leave them و ذ ر
19 وَمَا wama and what
20 يَفْتَرُونَ yaftaroona they invent ف ر ي

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 138

وَقَالُوا۟ هَٰذِهِۦٓ أَنْعَٰمٌۭ وَحَرْثٌ حِجْرٌۭ لَّا يَطْعَمُهَآ إِلَّا مَن نَّشَآءُ بِزَعْمِهِمْ وَأَنْعَٰمٌ حُرِّمَتْ ظُهُورُهَا وَأَنْعَٰمٌۭ لَّا يَذْكُرُونَ ٱسْمَ ٱللَّهِ عَلَيْهَا ٱفْتِرَآءً عَلَيْهِ ۚ سَيَجْزِيهِم بِمَا كَانُوا۟ يَفْتَرُونَ.(138)

And they say, "These animals1 and crops are forbidden; no one may eat from them except whom we will," by their claim. And there are those [camels] whose backs are forbidden [by them]2 and those upon which the name of Allāh is not mentioned3 - [all of this] an invention of untruth about Him.4 He will punish them for what they were inventing. [Al-Anaam: 138]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 138

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And they say, "These animals1 and crops are forbidden; no one may eat from them except whom we will," by their claim. And there are those [camels] whose backs are forbidden [by them]2 and those upon which the name of Allāh is not mentioned3 - [all of this] an invention of untruth about Him.4 He will punish them for what they were inventing.

Transliteration

Ayah 138

Waqaloo hathihi anAAamun waharthun hijrun la yatAAamuha illa man nashao bizaAAmihim waanAAamun hurrimat thuhooruha waanAAamun la yathkuroona isma Allahi AAalayha iftiraan AAalayhi sayajzeehim bima kanoo yaftaroona

Word-by-word

Ayah 138

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَقَالُواْ Waqaloo And they say ق و ل
2 هَٰذِهِۦٓ hathihi These
3 أَنْعَامٌ anAAamun (are) cattle ن ع م
4 وَحَرْثٌ waharthun and crops ح ر ث
5 حِجْرٌ hijrun forbidden ح ج ر
6 لَّا la no (one)
7 يَطْعَمُهَآ yatAAamuha can eat them ط ع م
8 إِلَّا illa except
9 مَن man whom
10 نَّشَآءُ nashao we will ش ي أ
11 بِزَعْمِهِمْ bizaAAmihim by their claim ز ع م
12 وَأَنْعَامٌ waanAAamun And cattle ن ع م
13 حُرِّمَتْ hurrimat forbidden ح ر م
14 ظُهُورُهَا thuhooruha (are) their backs ظ ه ر
15 وَأَنْعَامٌ waanAAamun and cattle ن ع م
16 لَّا la not
17 يَذْكُرُونَ yathkuroona they mention ذ ك ر
18 اسْمَ isma (the) name س م و
19 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
20 عَلَيْهَا AAalayha on it
21 افْتِرَآءً iftiraan (as) an invention ف ر ي
22 عَلَيْهِ AAalayhi against Him
23 سَيَجْزِيهِم sayajzeehim He will recompense them ج ز ي
24 بِمَا bima for what
25 كَانُواْ kanoo they used to ك و ن
26 يَفْتَرُونَ yaftaroona invent ف ر ي

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 139

وَقَالُوا۟ مَا فِى بُطُونِ هَٰذِهِ ٱلْأَنْعَٰمِ خَالِصَةٌۭ لِّذُكُورِنَا وَمُحَرَّمٌ عَلَىٰٓ أَزْوَٰجِنَا ۖ وَإِن يَكُن مَّيْتَةًۭ فَهُمْ فِيهِ شُرَكَآءُ ۚ سَيَجْزِيهِمْ وَصْفَهُمْ ۚ إِنَّهُۥ حَكِيمٌ عَلِيمٌۭ.(139)

And they say, "What is in the bellies of these animals1 is exclusively for our males and forbidden to our females. But if it is [born] dead, then all of them have shares therein." He will punish them for their description.2 Indeed, He is Wise and Knowing. [Al-Anaam: 139]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 139

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And they say, "What is in the bellies of these animals1 is exclusively for our males and forbidden to our females. But if it is [born] dead, then all of them have shares therein." He will punish them for their description.2 Indeed, He is Wise and Knowing.

Transliteration

Ayah 139

Waqaloo ma fee butooni hathihi alanAAami khalisatun lithukoorina wamuharramun AAala azwajina wain yakun maytatan fahum feehi shurakao sayajzeehim wasfahum innahu hakeemun AAaleemun

Word-by-word

Ayah 139

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَقَالُواْ Waqaloo And they say ق و ل
2 مَا ma What
3 فِى fee (is) in
4 بُطُونِ butooni (the) wombs ب ط ن
5 هَٰذِهِ hathihi (of) these
6 الْأَنْعَامِ alanAAami cattle ن ع م
7 خَالِصَةٌ khalisatun (is) exclusively خ ل ص
8 لِّذُكُورِنَا lithukoorina for our males ذ ك ر
9 وَمُحَرَّمٌ wamuharramun and forbidden ح ر م
10 عَلَىٰٓ AAala on
11 أَزْوَاجِنَا azwajina our spouses ز و ج
12 وَإِن wain But if
13 يَكُن yakun is ك و ن
14 مَّيْتَةً maytatan (born) dead م و ت
15 فَهُمْ fahum then they (all)
16 فِيهِ feehi in it
17 شُرَكَآءُ shurakao (are) partners ش ر ك
18 سَيَجْزِيهِمْ sayajzeehim He will recompense them ج ز ي
19 وَصْفَهُمْ wasfahum (for) their attribution و ص ف
20 إِنَّهُۥ innahu Indeed He
21 حِكِيمٌ hakeemun (is) All-Wise ح ك م
22 عَلِيمٌ AAaleemun All-Knowing ع ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 140

قَدْ خَسِرَ ٱلَّذِينَ قَتَلُوٓا۟ أَوْلَـٰدَهُمْ سَفَهًۢا بِغَيْرِ عِلْمٍ وَحَرَّمُوا۟ مَا رَزَقَهُمُ ٱللَّـهُ ٱفْتِرَآءً عَلَى ٱللَّـهِ ۚ قَدْ ضَلُّوا۟ وَمَا كَانُوا۟ مُهْتَدِينَ(140)

They will have lost who killed their children in foolishness without knowledge and prohibited what Allāh had provided for them, inventing untruth about Allāh. They have gone astray and were not [rightly] guided. [Al-Anaam: 140]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 140

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

They will have lost who killed their children in foolishness without knowledge and prohibited what Allāh had provided for them, inventing untruth about Allāh. They have gone astray and were not [rightly] guided.

Transliteration

Ayah 140

Qad khasira allatheena qataloo awladahum safahan bighayri AAilmin waharramoo ma razaqahumu Allahu iftiraan AAala Allahi qad dalloo wama kanoo muhtadeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 140

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قَدْ Qad Certainly
2 خَسِرَ khasira (are) lost خ س ر
3 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
4 قَتَلُوٓاْ qataloo killed ق ت ل
5 أَوْلَادَهُمْ awladahum their children و ل د
6 سَفَهًا safahan (in) foolishness س ف ه
7 بِغَيْرِ bighayri without غ ي ر
8 عِلْمٍ AAilmin knowledge ع ل م
9 وَحَرَّمُواْ waharramoo and forbid ح ر م
10 مَا ma what
11 رَزَقَهُمُ razaqahumu (bas been) provided (to) them ر ز ق
12 اللهُ Allahu (by) Allah أ ل ه
13 افْتِرَآءً iftiraan inventing (lies) ف ر ي
14 عَلَى AAala against
15 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
16 قَدْ qad Certainly
17 ضَلُّواْ dalloo they have gone astray ض ل ل
18 وَمَا wama and not
19 كَانُواْ kanoo they are ك و ن
20 مُهْتَدِينَ muhtadeena guided-ones ه د ي

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 141

وَهُوَ ٱلَّذِىٓ أَنشَأَ جَنَّٰتٍۢ مَّعْرُوشَٰتٍۢ وَغَيْرَ مَعْرُوشَٰتٍۢ وَٱلنَّخْلَ وَٱلزَّرْعَ مُخْتَلِفًا أُكُلُهُۥ وَٱلزَّيْتُونَ وَٱلرُّمَّانَ مُتَشَٰبِهًۭا وَغَيْرَ مُتَشَٰبِهٍۢ ۚ كُلُوا۟ مِن ثَمَرِهِۦٓ إِذَآ أَثْمَرَ وَءَاتُوا۟ حَقَّهُۥ يَوْمَ حَصَادِهِۦ ۖ وَلَا تُسْرِفُوٓا۟ ۚ إِنَّهُۥ لَا يُحِبُّ ٱلْمُسْرِفِينَ.(141)

And He it is who causes gardens to grow, [both] trellised and untrellised, and palm trees and crops of different [kinds of] food and olives and pomegranates, similar and dissimilar. Eat of [each of] its fruit when it yields and give its due [zakāh] on the day of its harvest. And be not excessive.1 Indeed, He does not like those who commit excess. [Al-Anaam: 141]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 141

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And He it is who causes gardens to grow, [both] trellised and untrellised, and palm trees and crops of different [kinds of] food and olives and pomegranates, similar and dissimilar. Eat of [each of] its fruit when it yields and give its due [zakāh] on the day of its harvest. And be not excessive.1 Indeed, He does not like those who commit excess.

Transliteration

Ayah 141

Wahuwa allathee anshaa jannatin maAArooshatin waghayra maAArooshatin waalnnakhla waalzzarAAa mukhtalifan okuluhu waalzzaytoona waalrrummana mutashabihan waghayra mutashabihin kuloo min thamarihi itha athmara waatoo haqqahu yawma hasadihi wala tusrifoo innahu la yuhibbu almusrifeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 141

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَهُوَ Wahuwa And He
2 الَّذِىٓ allathee (is) the One Who
3 أَنشَأَ anshaa produced ن ش أ
4 جَنَّاتٍ jannatin gardens ج ن ن
5 مَّعْرُوشَاتٍ maAArooshatin trellised ع ر ش
6 وَغَيْرَ waghayra and other than غ ي ر
7 مَعْرُوشَاتٍ maAArooshatin trellised ع ر ش
8 وَالنَّخْلَ waalnnakhla and the date-palm ن خ ل
9 وَالزَّرْعَ waalzzarAAa and the crops ز ر ع
10 مُخْتَلِفًا mukhtalifan diverse خ ل ف
11 أُكُلُهُۥ okuluhu (are) its taste أ ك ل
12 وَالزَّيْتُونَ waalzzaytoona and the olives ز ي ت
13 وَالرُّمَّانَ waalrrummana and the pomegranates ر م ن
14 مُتَشَابِهًا mutashabihan similar ش ب ه
15 وَغَيْرَ waghayra and other than غ ي ر
16 مُتَشَابِهٍ mutashabihin similar ش ب ه
17 كُلُواْ kuloo Eat أ ك ل
18 مِن min of
19 ثَمَرِهِۦٓ thamarihi its fruit ث م ر
20 إِذَا itha when
21 أَثْمَرَ athmara it bears fruit ث م ر
22 وَآتُواْ waatoo and give أ ت ي
23 حَقَّهُ haqqahu its due ح ق ق
24 يَوْمَ yawma (on the) day ي و م
25 حَصَادِهِۦ hasadihi (of) its harvest ح ص د
26 وَلَا wala And (do) not
27 تُسْرِفُوٓاْ tusrifoo (be) extravagant س ر ف
28 إِنَّهُۥ innahu Indeed He
29 لَا la (does) not
30 يُحِبُّ yuhibbu love ح ب ب
31 الْمُسْرِفِينَ almusrifeena the ones who are extravagant س ر ف

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 142

وَمِنَ ٱلْأَنْعَٰمِ حَمُولَةًۭ وَفَرْشًۭا ۚ كُلُوا۟ مِمَّا رَزَقَكُمُ ٱللَّهُ وَلَا تَتَّبِعُوا۟ خُطُوَٰتِ ٱلشَّيْطَٰنِ ۚ إِنَّهُۥ لَكُمْ عَدُوٌّ مُّبِينٌۭ.(142)

And of the grazing livestock are carriers [of burdens] and those [too] small. Eat of what Allāh has provided for you and do not follow the footsteps of Satan.1 Indeed, he is to you a clear enemy. [Al-Anaam: 142]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 142

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And of the grazing livestock are carriers [of burdens] and those [too] small. Eat of what Allāh has provided for you and do not follow the footsteps of Satan.1 Indeed, he is to you a clear enemy.

Transliteration

Ayah 142

Wamina alanAAami hamoolatan wafarshan kuloo mimma razaqakumu Allahu wala tattabiAAoo khutuwati alshshaytani innahu lakum AAaduwwun mubeenun

Word-by-word

Ayah 142

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَمِنَ Wamina And of
2 الْأَنْعَامِ alanAAami the cattle ن ع م
3 حَمُولَةً hamoolatan (are some for) burden ح م ل
4 وَفَرْشًا wafarshan and (some for) meat ف ر ش
5 كُلُواْ kuloo Eat أ ك ل
6 مِمَّا mimma of what
7 رَزَقَكُمُ razaqakumu (has been) provided (to) you ر ز ق
8 اللهُ Allahu (by) Allah أ ل ه
9 وَلَا wala and (do) not
10 تَتَّبِعُواْ tattabiAAoo follow ت ب ع
11 خُطُوَاتِ khutuwati (the) footsteps خ ط و
12 الشَّيْطَانِ alshshaytani (of) Shaitaan ش ط ن
13 إِنَّهُۥ innahu Indeed he
14 لَكُمْ lakum (is) to you
15 عَدُوٌّ AAaduwwun an enemy ع د و
16 مُّبِينٌ mubeenun open ب ي ن

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 143

ثَمَٰنِيَةَ أَزْوَٰجٍۢ ۖ مِّنَ ٱلضَّأْنِ ٱثْنَيْنِ وَمِنَ ٱلْمَعْزِ ٱثْنَيْنِ ۗ قُلْ ءَآلذَّكَرَيْنِ حَرَّمَ أَمِ ٱلْأُنثَيَيْنِ أَمَّا ٱشْتَمَلَتْ عَلَيْهِ أَرْحَامُ ٱلْأُنثَيَيْنِ ۖ نَبِّـُٔونِى بِعِلْمٍ إِن كُنتُمْ صَٰدِقِينَ.(143)

[They are] eight mates - of the sheep, two and of the goats, two. Say, "Is it the two males He has forbidden or the two females or that which the wombs of the two females contain? Inform me with knowledge, if you should be truthful." [Al-Anaam: 143]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 143

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

[They are] eight mates - of the sheep, two and of the goats, two. Say, "Is it the two males He has forbidden or the two females or that which the wombs of the two females contain? Inform me with knowledge, if you should be truthful."

Transliteration

Ayah 143

Thamaniyata azwajin mina alddani ithnayni wamina almaAAzi ithnayni qul alththakarayni harrama ami alonthayayni amma ishtamalat AAalayhi arhamu alonthayayni nabbioonee biAAilmin in kuntum sadiqeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 143

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 ثَمَانِيَةَ Thamaniyata Eight ث م ن
2 أَزْوَاجٍ azwajin pairs ز و ج
3 مِّنَ mina of
4 الضَّأْنِ alddani the sheep ض أ ن
5 اثْنَيْنِ ithnayni two ث ن ي
6 وَمِنَ wamina and of
7 الْمَعْزِ almaAAzi the goats م ع ز
8 اثْنَيْنِ ithnayni two ث ن ي
9 قُلْ qul Say ق و ل
10 آلذَّكَرَيْنِ alththakarayni (Are) the two males? ذ ك ر
11 حَرَّمَ harrama He has forbidden ح ر م
12 أَمِ ami or
13 الْأُنثَيَيْنِ alonthayayni the two females أ ن ث
14 أَمَّا amma or what
15 اشْتَمَلَتْ ishtamalat contains ش م ل
16 عَلَيْهِ AAalayhi [in it]
17 أَرْحَامُ arhamu (the) wombs ر ح م
18 الْأُنثَيَيْنِ alonthayayni (of) the two females أ ن ث
19 نَبِّئُونِي nabbioonee Inform me ن ب أ
20 بِعِلْمٍ biAAilmin with knowledge ع ل م
21 إِن in if
22 كُنتُمْ kuntum you are ك و ن
23 صَادِقِينَ sadiqeena truthful ص د ق

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 144

وَمِنَ ٱلْإِبِلِ ٱثْنَيْنِ وَمِنَ ٱلْبَقَرِ ٱثْنَيْنِ ۗ قُلْ ءَآلذَّكَرَيْنِ حَرَّمَ أَمِ ٱلْأُنثَيَيْنِ أَمَّا ٱشْتَمَلَتْ عَلَيْهِ أَرْحَامُ ٱلْأُنثَيَيْنِ ۖ أَمْ كُنتُمْ شُهَدَآءَ إِذْ وَصَّىٰكُمُ ٱللَّهُ بِهَٰذَا ۚ فَمَنْ أَظْلَمُ مِمَّنِ ٱفْتَرَىٰ عَلَى ٱللَّهِ كَذِبًۭا لِّيُضِلَّ ٱلنَّاسَ بِغَيْرِ عِلْمٍ ۗ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ لَا يَهْدِى ٱلْقَوْمَ ٱلظَّٰلِمِينَ.(144)

And of the camels, two and of the cattle, two. Say, "Is it the two males He has forbidden or the two females or that which the wombs of the two females contain? Or were you witnesses when Allāh charged you with this? Then who is more unjust than one who invents a lie about Allāh to mislead the people by [something] other than knowledge? Indeed, Allāh does not guide the wrongdoing people." [Al-Anaam: 144]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 144

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And of the camels, two and of the cattle, two. Say, "Is it the two males He has forbidden or the two females or that which the wombs of the two females contain? Or were you witnesses when Allāh charged you with this? Then who is more unjust than one who invents a lie about Allāh to mislead the people by [something] other than knowledge? Indeed, Allāh does not guide the wrongdoing people."

Transliteration

Ayah 144

Wamina alibili ithnayni wamina albaqari ithnayni qul alththakarayni harrama ami alonthayayni amma ishtamalat AAalayhi arhamu alonthayayni am kuntum shuhadaa ith wassakumu Allahu bihatha faman athlamu mimmani iftara AAala Allahi kathiban liyudilla alnnasa bighayri AAilmin inna Allaha la yahdee alqawma alththalimeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 144

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَمِنَ Wamina And of
2 الإِبْلِ alibili the camels أ ب ل
3 اثْنَيْنِ ithnayni two ث ن ي
4 وَمِنَ wamina and of
5 الْبَقَرِ albaqari the cows ب ق ر
6 اثْنَيْنِ ithnayni two ث ن ي
7 قُلْ qul Say ق و ل
8 آلذَّكَرَيْنِ alththakarayni (Is it) the two males? ذ ك ر
9 حَرَّمَ harrama He (has) forbidden ح ر م
10 أَمِ ami or
11 الْأُنثَيَيْنِ alonthayayni the two females أ ن ث
12 أَمَّا amma or what
13 اشْتَمَلَتْ ishtamalat contains ش م ل
14 عَلَيْهِ AAalayhi [in it]
15 أَرْحَامُ arhamu (the) wombs ر ح م
16 الْأُنثَيَيْنِ alonthayayni (of) the two females أ ن ث
17 أَمْ am Or
18 كُنتُمْ kuntum were you ك و ن
19 شُهَدَآءَ shuhadaa witnesses ش ه د
20 إِذْ ith when
21 وَصَّاكُمُ wassakumu enjoined you و ص ي
22 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
23 بِهَٰذَا bihatha with this
24 فَمَنْ faman Then who?
25 أَظْلَمُ athlamu (is) more unjust ظ ل م
26 مِمَّنِ mimmani than (one) who
27 افْتَرَىٰ iftara invents ف ر ي
28 عَلَى AAala against
29 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
30 كَذِبًا kathiban a lie ك ذ ب
31 لِّيُضِلَّ liyudilla to mislead ض ل ل
32 النَّاسَ alnnasa the people ن و س
33 بِغَيْرِ bighayri without غ ي ر
34 عِلْمٍ AAilmin knowledge ع ل م
35 إِنَّ inna Indeed
36 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
37 لَا la (does) not
38 يَهْدِى yahdee guide ه د ي
39 الْقَوْمَ alqawma the people ق و م
40 الظَّالِمِينَ alththalimeena the wrongdoing ظ ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 145

قُل لَّآ أَجِدُ فِى مَآ أُوحِىَ إِلَىَّ مُحَرَّمًا عَلَىٰ طَاعِمٍۢ يَطْعَمُهُۥٓ إِلَّآ أَن يَكُونَ مَيْتَةً أَوْ دَمًۭا مَّسْفُوحًا أَوْ لَحْمَ خِنزِيرٍۢ فَإِنَّهُۥ رِجْسٌ أَوْ فِسْقًا أُهِلَّ لِغَيْرِ ٱللَّهِ بِهِۦ ۚ فَمَنِ ٱضْطُرَّ غَيْرَ بَاغٍۢ وَلَا عَادٍۢ فَإِنَّ رَبَّكَ غَفُورٌۭ رَّحِيمٌۭ.(145)

Say, "I do not find within that which was revealed to me [anything] forbidden to one who would eat it unless it be a dead animal or blood spilled out or the flesh of swine - for indeed, it is impure - or it be [that slaughtered in] disobedience, dedicated to other than Allāh.1 But whoever is forced [by necessity], neither desiring [it] nor transgressing [its limit], then indeed, your Lord is Forgiving and Merciful." [Al-Anaam: 145]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 145

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Say, "I do not find within that which was revealed to me [anything] forbidden to one who would eat it unless it be a dead animal or blood spilled out or the flesh of swine - for indeed, it is impure - or it be [that slaughtered in] disobedience, dedicated to other than Allāh.1 But whoever is forced [by necessity], neither desiring [it] nor transgressing [its limit], then indeed, your Lord is Forgiving and Merciful."

Transliteration

Ayah 145

Qul la ajidu fee ma oohiya ilayya muharraman AAala taAAimin yatAAamuhu illa an yakoona maytatan aw daman masfoohan aw lahma khinzeerin fainnahu rijsun aw fisqan ohilla lighayri Allahi bihi famani idturra ghayra baghin wala AAadin fainna rabbaka ghafoorun raheemun

Word-by-word

Ayah 145

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قُل Qul Say ق و ل
2 لَّآ la Not
3 أَجِدُ ajidu (do) I find و ج د
4 فِى fee in
5 مَآ ma what
6 أُوحِىَ oohiya has been revealed و ح ي
7 إِلَىَّ ilayya to me
8 مُحَرَّمًا muharraman (anything) forbidden ح ر م
9 عَلَىٰ AAala to
10 طَاعِمٍ taAAimin an eater ط ع م
11 يَطْعَمُهُۥٓ yatAAamuhu who eats it ط ع م
12 إِلَّآ illa except
13 أَن an that
14 يَكُونَ yakoona it be ك و ن
15 مَيْتَةً maytatan dead م و ت
16 أَوْ aw or
17 دَمًا daman blood د م و
18 مَّسْفُوحًا masfoohan poured forth س ف ح
19 أَوْ aw or
20 لَحْمَ lahma (the) flesh ل ح م
21 خِنزِيرٍ khinzeerin (of) swine خ ن ز ر
22 فَإِنَّهُۥ fainnahu for indeed it
23 رِجْسٌ rijsun (is) filth ر ج س
24 أَوْ aw or
25 فِسْقًا fisqan (it be) disobedience ف س ق
26 أُهِلَّ ohilla [is] dedicated ه ل ل
27 لِغَيْرِ lighayri to other than غ ي ر
28 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
29 بِهِۦ bihi [on it]
30 فَمَنِ famani But whoever
31 اضْطُرَّ idturra (is) compelled ض ر ر
32 غَيْرَ ghayra not غ ي ر
33 بَاغٍ baghin desiring ب غ ي
34 وَلَا wala and not
35 عَادٍ AAadin transgressing ع د و
36 فَإِنَّ fainna then indeed
37 رَبَّكَ rabbaka your Lord ر ب ب
38 غَفُورٌ ghafoorun (is) Oft-Forgiving غ ف ر
39 رَّحِيمٌ raheemun Most Merciful ر ح م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 146

وَعَلَى ٱلَّذِينَ هَادُوا۟ حَرَّمْنَا كُلَّ ذِى ظُفُرٍۢ ۖ وَمِنَ ٱلْبَقَرِ وَٱلْغَنَمِ حَرَّمْنَا عَلَيْهِمْ شُحُومَهُمَآ إِلَّا مَا حَمَلَتْ ظُهُورُهُمَآ أَوِ ٱلْحَوَايَآ أَوْ مَا ٱخْتَلَطَ بِعَظْمٍۢ ۚ ذَٰلِكَ جَزَيْنَٰهُم بِبَغْيِهِمْ ۖ وَإِنَّا لَصَٰدِقُونَ.(146)

And to those who are Jews We prohibited every animal of uncloven hoof; and of the cattle and the sheep We prohibited to them their fat, except what adheres to their backs or the entrails or what is joined with bone. [By] that We repaid them for their transgression. And indeed, We are truthful. [Al-Anaam: 146]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 146

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And to those who are Jews We prohibited every animal of uncloven hoof; and of the cattle and the sheep We prohibited to them their fat, except what adheres to their backs or the entrails or what is joined with bone. [By] that We repaid them for their transgression. And indeed, We are truthful.

Transliteration

Ayah 146

WaAAala allatheena hadoo harramna kulla thee thufurin wamina albaqari waalghanami harramna AAalayhim shuhoomahuma illa ma hamalat thuhooruhuma awi alhawaya aw ma ikhtalata biAAathmin thalika jazaynahum bibaghyihim wainna lasadiqoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 146

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَعَلَى WaAAala And to
2 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
3 هَادُواْ hadoo are Jews ه و د
4 حَرَّمْنَا harramna We forbade ح ر م
5 كُلَّ kulla every ك ل ل
6 ذِى thee (animal) with
7 ظُفُرٍ thufurin claws ظ ف ر
8 وَمِنَ wamina and of
9 الْبَقَرِ albaqari the cows ب ق ر
10 وَالْغَنَمِ waalghanami and the sheep غ ن م
11 حَرَّمْنَا harramna We forbade ح ر م
12 عَلَيْهِمْ AAalayhim to them
13 شُحُومَهُمَآ shuhoomahuma their fat ش ح م
14 إِلَّا illa except
15 مَا ma what
16 حَمَلَتْ hamalat carried ح م ل
17 ظُهُورُهُمَآ thuhooruhuma their backs ظ ه ر
18 أَوِ awi or
19 الْحَوَايَآ alhawaya the entrails ح و ي
20 أَوْ aw or
21 مَا ma what
22 اخْتَلَطَ ikhtalata (is) joined خ ل ط
23 بِعَظْمٍ biAAathmin with the bone ع ظ م
24 ذَٰلِكَ thalika That
25 جَزَيْنَاهُم jazaynahum (is) their recompense ج ز ي
26 بِبَغْيِهِمْ bibaghyihim for their rebellion ب غ ي
27 وَإِنَّا wainna And indeed We
28 لَصَادِقُونَ lasadiqoona [surely] are truthful ص د ق

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 147

فَإِن كَذَّبُوكَ فَقُل رَّبُّكُمْ ذُو رَحْمَةٍۢ وَٰسِعَةٍۢ وَلَا يُرَدُّ بَأْسُهُۥ عَنِ ٱلْقَوْمِ ٱلْمُجْرِمِينَ.(147)

So if they deny you, [O Muḥammad], say, "Your Lord is the possessor of vast mercy; but His punishment cannot be repelled from the people who are criminals." [Al-Anaam: 147]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 147

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

So if they deny you, [O Muḥammad], say, "Your Lord is the possessor of vast mercy; but His punishment cannot be repelled from the people who are criminals."

Transliteration

Ayah 147

Fain kaththabooka faqul rabbukum thoo rahmatin wasiAAatin wala yuraddu basuhu AAani alqawmi almujrimeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 147

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 فَإِن Fain But if
2 كَذَّبُوكَ kaththabooka they deny you ك ذ ب
3 فَقُل faqul then say ق و ل
4 رَّبُّكُمْ rabbukum Your Lord ر ب ب
5 ذُو thoo (is the) Possessor
6 رَحْمَةٍ rahmatin (of) Mercy ر ح م
7 وَاسِعَةٍ wasiAAatin Vast و س ع
8 وَلَا wala but not
9 يُرَدُّ yuraddu will be turned back ر د د
10 بَأْسُهُۥ basuhu His wrath ب أ س
11 عَنِ AAani from
12 الْقَوْمِ alqawmi the people ق و م
13 الْمُجْرِمِينَ almujrimeena (who are) criminals ج ر م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 148

سَيَقُولُ ٱلَّذِينَ أَشْرَكُوا۟ لَوْ شَآءَ ٱللَّهُ مَآ أَشْرَكْنَا وَلَآ ءَابَآؤُنَا وَلَا حَرَّمْنَا مِن شَىْءٍۢ ۚ كَذَٰلِكَ كَذَّبَ ٱلَّذِينَ مِن قَبْلِهِمْ حَتَّىٰ ذَاقُوا۟ بَأْسَنَا ۗ قُلْ هَلْ عِندَكُم مِّنْ عِلْمٍۢ فَتُخْرِجُوهُ لَنَآ ۖ إِن تَتَّبِعُونَ إِلَّا ٱلظَّنَّ وَإِنْ أَنتُمْ إِلَّا تَخْرُصُونَ.(148)

Those who associated [others] with Allāh will say, "If Allāh had willed, we would not have associated [anything] and neither would our fathers, nor would we have prohibited anything." Likewise did those before deny until they tasted Our punishment. Say, "Do you have any knowledge that you can produce for us? You follow not except assumption, and you are not but misjudging." [Al-Anaam: 148]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 148

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Those who associated [others] with Allāh will say, "If Allāh had willed, we would not have associated [anything] and neither would our fathers, nor would we have prohibited anything." Likewise did those before deny until they tasted Our punishment. Say, "Do you have any knowledge that you can produce for us? You follow not except assumption, and you are not but misjudging."

Transliteration

Ayah 148

Sayaqoolu allatheena ashrakoo law shaa Allahu ma ashrakna wala abaona wala harramna min shayin kathalika kaththaba allatheena min qablihim hatta thaqoo basana qul hal AAindakum min AAilmin fatukhrijoohu lana in tattabiAAoona illa alththanna wain antum illa takhrusoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 148

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 سَيَقُولُ Sayaqoolu Will say ق و ل
2 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
3 أَشْرَكُواْ ashrakoo associate partners (with Allah) ش ر ك
4 لَوْ law If
5 شَآءَ shaa Had willed ش ي أ
6 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
7 مَآ ma not
8 أَشْرَكْنَا ashrakna we (would) have associated partners (with Allah) ش ر ك
9 وَلَآ wala and not
10 اٰبَآؤُنَا abaona our forefathers أ ب و
11 وَلَا wala and not
12 حَرَّمْنَا harramna we (would) have forbidden ح ر م
13 مِن min [of]
14 شَىْءٍ shayin anything ش ي أ
15 كَذَٰلِكَ kathalika Likewise
16 كَذَّبَ kaththaba denied ك ذ ب
17 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
18 مِن min (were from)
19 قَبْلِهِم qablihim before them ق ب ل
20 حَتَّىٰ hatta until
21 ذَاقُواْ thaqoo they tasted ذ و ق
22 بَأْسَنَا basana Our wrath ب أ س
23 قُلْ qul Say ق و ل
24 هَلْ hal Is?
25 عِندَكُم AAindakum with you ع ن د
26 مِّنْ min [of]
27 عِلْمٍ AAilmin any knowledge ع ل م
28 فَتُخْرِجُوهُ fatukhrijoohu then produce it خ ر ج
29 لَنَآ lana for us
30 إِن in Not
31 تَتَّبِعُونَ tattabiAAoona you follow ت ب ع
32 إِلَّا illa except
33 الظَّنَّ alththanna the assumption ظ ن ن
34 وَإِنْ wain and not
35 أَنتُمْ antum you (do)
36 إِلَّا illa but
37 تَخْرُصُونَ takhrusoona guess خ ر ص

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 149

قُلْ فَلِلَّهِ ٱلْحُجَّةُ ٱلْبَٰلِغَةُ ۖ فَلَوْ شَآءَ لَهَدَىٰكُمْ أَجْمَعِينَ.(149)

Say, "With Allāh is the far-reaching [i.e., conclusive] argument. If He had willed, He would have guided you all." [Al-Anaam: 149]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 149

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Say, "With Allāh is the far-reaching [i.e., conclusive] argument. If He had willed, He would have guided you all."

Transliteration

Ayah 149

Qul falillahi alhujjatu albalighatu falaw shaa lahadakum ajmaAAeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 149

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قُلْ Qul Say ق و ل
2 فَلِلّٰهِ falillahi With Allah أ ل ه
3 الْحُجَّةُ alhujjatu (is) the argument ح ج ج
4 الْبَالِغَةُ albalighatu the conclusive ب ل غ
5 فَلَوْ falaw And if
6 شَآءَ shaa He (had) willed ش ي أ
7 لَهَدَاكُمْ lahadakum surely He (would) have guided you ه د ي
8 أَجْمَعِينَ ajmaAAeena all ج م ع

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 150

قُلْ هَلُمَّ شُهَدَآءَكُمُ ٱلَّذِينَ يَشْهَدُونَ أَنَّ ٱللَّـهَ حَرَّمَ هَـٰذَا ۖ فَإِن شَهِدُوا۟ فَلَا تَشْهَدْ مَعَهُمْ ۚ وَلَا تَتَّبِعْ أَهْوَآءَ ٱلَّذِينَ كَذَّبُوا۟ بِـَٔايَـٰتِنَا وَٱلَّذِينَ لَا يُؤْمِنُونَ بِٱلْآخِرَةِ وَهُم بِرَبِّهِمْ يَعْدِلُونَ(150)

Say, [O Muḥammad], "Bring forward your witnesses who will testify that Allāh has prohibited this." And if they testify, do not testify with them. And do not follow the desires of those who deny Our verses and those who do not believe in the Hereafter, while they equate [others] with their Lord. [Al-Anaam: 150]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 150

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Say, [O Muḥammad], "Bring forward your witnesses who will testify that Allāh has prohibited this." And if they testify, do not testify with them. And do not follow the desires of those who deny Our verses and those who do not believe in the Hereafter, while they equate [others] with their Lord.

Transliteration

Ayah 150

Qul halumma shuhadaakumu allatheena yashhadoona anna Allaha harrama hatha fain shahidoo fala tashhad maAAahum wala tattabiAA ahwaa allatheena kaththaboo biayatina waallatheena la yuminoona bialakhirati wahum birabbihim yaAAdiloona

Word-by-word

Ayah 150

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قُلْ Qul Say ق و ل
2 هَلُمَّ halumma Bring forward ل م م
3 شُهَدَآءَكُمُ shuhadaakumu your witnesses ش ه د
4 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
5 يَشْهَدُونَ yashhadoona testify ش ه د
6 أَنَّ anna that
7 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
8 حَرَّمَ harrama prohibited ح ر م
9 هَٰذَا hatha this
10 فَإِن fain Then if
11 شَهِدُواْ shahidoo they testify ش ه د
12 فَلَا fala then (do) not
13 تَشْهَدْ tashhad testify ش ه د
14 مَعَهُمْ maAAahum with them
15 وَلَا wala And (do) not
16 تَتَّبِعْ tattabiAA follow ت ب ع
17 أَهْوَآءَ ahwaa (the) desires ه و ي
18 الَّذِينَ allatheena (of) those who
19 كَذَّبُواْ kaththaboo denied ك ذ ب
20 بِاٰيَاتِنَا biayatina Our Signs أ ي ي
21 وَالَّذِينَ waallatheena and those who
22 لَا la (do) not
23 يُؤْمِنُونَ yuminoona believe أ م ن
24 بِالْاَٰخِرَةِ bialakhirati in the Hereafter أ خ ر
25 وَهُم wahum while they
26 بِرَبِّهِمْ birabbihim with their Lord ر ب ب
27 يَعْدِلُونَ yaAAdiloona set up equals ع د ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 151

قُلْ تَعَالَوْا۟ أَتْلُ مَا حَرَّمَ رَبُّكُمْ عَلَيْكُمْ ۖ أَلَّا تُشْرِكُوا۟ بِهِۦ شَيْـًۭٔا ۖ وَبِٱلْوَٰلِدَيْنِ إِحْسَٰنًۭا ۖ وَلَا تَقْتُلُوٓا۟ أَوْلَٰدَكُم مِّنْ إِمْلَٰقٍۢ ۖ نَّحْنُ نَرْزُقُكُمْ وَإِيَّاهُمْ ۖ وَلَا تَقْرَبُوا۟ ٱلْفَوَٰحِشَ مَا ظَهَرَ مِنْهَا وَمَا بَطَنَ ۖ وَلَا تَقْتُلُوا۟ ٱلنَّفْسَ ٱلَّتِى حَرَّمَ ٱللَّهُ إِلَّا بِٱلْحَقِّ ۚ ذَٰلِكُمْ وَصَّىٰكُم بِهِۦ لَعَلَّكُمْ تَعْقِلُونَ.(151)

Say, "Come, I will recite what your Lord has prohibited to you. [He commands] that you not associate anything with Him, and to parents, good treatment, and do not kill your children out of poverty; We will provide for you and them. And do not approach immoralities - what is apparent of them and what is concealed. And do not kill the soul which Allāh has forbidden [to be killed] except by [legal] right. This has He instructed you that you may use reason." [Al-Anaam: 151]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 151

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Say, "Come, I will recite what your Lord has prohibited to you. [He commands] that you not associate anything with Him, and to parents, good treatment, and do not kill your children out of poverty; We will provide for you and them. And do not approach immoralities - what is apparent of them and what is concealed. And do not kill the soul which Allāh has forbidden [to be killed] except by [legal] right. This has He instructed you that you may use reason."

Transliteration

Ayah 151

Qul taAAalaw atlu ma harrama rabbukum AAalaykum alla tushrikoo bihi shayan wabialwalidayni ihsanan wala taqtuloo awladakum min imlaqin nahnu narzuqukum waiyyahum wala taqraboo alfawahisha ma thahara minha wama batana wala taqtuloo alnnafsa allatee harrama Allahu illa bialhaqqi thalikum wassakum bihi laAAallakum taAAqiloona

Word-by-word

Ayah 151

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قُلْ Qul Say ق و ل
2 تَعَالَوْاْ taAAalaw Come ع ل و
3 أَتْلُ atlu I will recite ت ل و
4 مَا ma what
5 حَرَّمَ harrama has prohibited ح ر م
6 رَبُّكُمْ rabbukum your Lord ر ب ب
7 عَلَيْكُمْ AAalaykum to you
8 أَلَّا alla That (do) not
9 تُشْرِكُواْ tushrikoo associate ش ر ك
10 بِهِۦ bihi with Him
11 شَيْئًا shayan anything ش ي أ
12 وَبِالْوَالِدَيْنِ wabialwalidayni and with the parents و ل د
13 إِحْسَانًا ihsanan (be) good ح س ن
14 وَلَا wala and (do) not
15 تَقْتُلُوٓاْ taqtuloo you kill ق ت ل
16 أَوْلَادَكُم awladakum your children و ل د
17 مِّنْ min (out) of
18 إمْلَاقٍ imlaqin poverty م ل ق
19 نَّحْنُ nahnu We
20 نَرْزُقُكُمْ narzuqukum provide for you ر ز ق
21 وَإِيَّاهُمْ waiyyahum and for them
22 وَلَا wala And (do) not
23 تَقْرَبُواْ taqraboo go near ق ر ب
24 الْفَوَاحِشَ alfawahisha [the] immoralities ف ح ش
25 مَا ma what
26 ظَهَرَ thahara (is) apparent ظ ه ر
27 مِنْهَا minha of them
28 وَمَا wama and what
29 بَطَنَ batana (is) concealed ب ط ن
30 وَلَا wala And (do) not
31 تَقْتُلُوٓاْ taqtuloo you kill ق ت ل
32 النَّفْسَ alnnafsa the soul ن ف س
33 الَّتِى allatee which
34 حَرَّمَ harrama has (been) forbidden ح ر م
35 اللهُ Allahu (by) Allah أ ل ه
36 إِلَّا illa except
37 بِالْحَقِّ bialhaqqi by (legal) right ح ق ق
38 ذَٰلِكُمْ thalikum That
39 وَصَّاكُمْ wassakum (He) has enjoined on you و ص ي
40 بِهِۦ bihi with it
41 لَعَلَّكُمْ laAAallakum so that you may
42 تَعْقِلُونَ taAAqiloona use reason ع ق ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 152

وَلَا تَقْرَبُوا۟ مَالَ ٱلْيَتِيمِ إِلَّا بِٱلَّتِى هِىَ أَحْسَنُ حَتَّىٰ يَبْلُغَ أَشُدَّهُۥ ۖوَأَوْفُوا۟ ٱلْكَيْلَ وَٱلْمِيزَانَ بِٱلْقِسْطِ ۖ لَا نُكَلِّفُ نَفْسًا إِلَّا وُسْعَهَا ۖ وَإِذَا قُلْتُمْ فَٱعْدِلُوا۟ وَلَوْ كَانَ ذَا قُرْبَىٰ ۖ وَبِعَهْدِ ٱللَّـهِ أَوْفُوا۟ ۚ ذَٰلِكُمْ وَصَّىٰكُم بِهِۦ لَعَلَّكُمْ تَذَكَّرُونَ(152)

And do not approach the orphan's property except in a way that is best [i.e., intending improvement] until he reaches maturity. And give full measure and weight in justice. We do not charge any soul except [with that within] its capacity. And when you speak [i.e., testify], be just, even if [it concerns] a near relative. And the covenant of Allāh fulfill. This has He instructed you that you may remember. [Al-Anaam: 152]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 152

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And do not approach the orphan's property except in a way that is best [i.e., intending improvement] until he reaches maturity. And give full measure and weight in justice. We do not charge any soul except [with that within] its capacity. And when you speak [i.e., testify], be just, even if [it concerns] a near relative. And the covenant of Allāh fulfill. This has He instructed you that you may remember.

Transliteration

Ayah 152

Wala taqraboo mala alyateemi illa biallatee hiya ahsanu hatta yablugha ashuddahu waawfoo alkayla waalmeezana bialqisti la nukallifu nafsan illa wusAAaha waitha qultum faiAAdiloo walaw kana tha qurba wabiAAahdi Allahi awfoo thalikum wassakum bihi laAAallakum tathakkaroona

Word-by-word

Ayah 152

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَلَا Wala And (do) not
2 تَقْرَبُواْ taqraboo go near ق ر ب
3 مَالَ mala wealth م و ل
4 الْيَتِيمِ alyateemi (of) the orphans ي ت م
5 إِلَّا illa except
6 بِالَّتِى biallatee with that
7 هِىَ hiya which
8 أَحْسَنُ ahsanu (is) best ح س ن
9 حَتَّىٰ hatta until
10 يَبْلُغَ yablugha he reaches ب ل غ
11 أَشُدَّهُۥ ashuddahu his maturity ش د د
12 وَأَوْفُواْ waawfoo And give full و ف ي
13 الْكَيْلَ alkayla [the] measure ك ي ل
14 وَالْمِيزَانَ waalmeezana and the weight و ز ن
15 بِالْقِسْطِ bialqisti with justice ق س ط
16 لَا la Not
17 نُكَلِّفُ nukallifu We burden ك ل ف
18 نَفْسًا nafsan any soul ن ف س
19 إِلَّا illa except
20 وُسْعَهَا wusAAaha (to) its capacity و س ع
21 وَإِذَا waitha And when
22 قُلْتُمْ qultum you speak ق و ل
23 فَاعْدِلُواْ faiAAdiloo then be just ع د ل
24 وَلَوْ walaw even if
25 كَانَ kana he is ك و ن
26 ذَا tha (one of)
27 قُرْبَىٰ qurba a near relative ق ر ب
28 وَبِعَهْدِ wabiAAahdi And (the) Covenant ع ه د
29 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
30 أَوْفُواْ awfoo fulfil و ف ي
31 ذَٰلِكُمْ thalikum That
32 وَصَّاكُم wassakum (He) has enjoined on you و ص ي
33 بِهِۦ bihi with it
34 لَعَلَّكُمْ laAAallakum so that you may
35 تَذَكَّرُونَ tathakkaroona remember ذ ك ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 153

وَأَنَّ هَٰذَا صِرَٰطِى مُسْتَقِيمًۭا فَٱتَّبِعُوهُ ۖ وَلَا تَتَّبِعُوا۟ ٱلسُّبُلَ فَتَفَرَّقَ بِكُمْ عَن سَبِيلِهِۦ ۚ ذَٰلِكُمْ وَصَّىٰكُم بِهِۦ لَعَلَّكُمْ تَتَّقُونَ.(153)

And, [moreover], this is My path, which is straight, so follow it; and do not follow [other] ways, for you will be separated from His way. This has He instructed you that you may become righteous. [Al-Anaam: 153]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 153

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And, [moreover], this is My path, which is straight, so follow it; and do not follow [other] ways, for you will be separated from His way. This has He instructed you that you may become righteous.

Transliteration

Ayah 153

Waanna hatha siratee mustaqeeman faittabiAAoohu wala tattabiAAoo alssubula fatafarraqa bikum AAan sabeelihi thalikum wassakum bihi laAAallakum tattaqoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 153

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَأَنَّ Waanna And that
2 هَٰذَا hatha this
3 صِرَاطِى siratee (is) My path ص ر ط
4 مُسْتَقِيمًا mustaqeeman straight ق و م
5 فَاتَّبِعُوهُ faittabiAAoohu so follow it ت ب ع
6 وَلَا wala And (do) not
7 تَتَّبِعُواْ tattabiAAoo follow ت ب ع
8 السُّبُلَ alssubula the (other) paths س ب ل
9 فَتَفَرَّقَ fatafarraqa then they will separate ف ر ق
10 بِكُمْ bikum you
11 عَن AAan from
12 سَبِيلِهِۦ sabeelihi His path س ب ل
13 ذَٰلِكُمْ thalikum That
14 وَصَّاكُم wassakum (He) has enjoined on you و ص ي
15 بِهِۦ bihi [with it]
16 لَعَلَّكُمْ laAAallakum so that you may
17 تَتَّقُونَ tattaqoona become righteous و ق ي

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 154

ثُمَّ ءَاتَيْنَا مُوسَى ٱلْكِتَٰبَ تَمَامًا عَلَى ٱلَّذِىٓ أَحْسَنَ وَتَفْصِيلًۭا لِّكُلِّ شَىْءٍۢ وَهُدًۭى وَرَحْمَةًۭ لَّعَلَّهُم بِلِقَآءِ رَبِّهِمْ يُؤْمِنُونَ.(154)

Then1 We gave Moses the Scripture, making complete [Our favor] upon the one who did good [i.e., Moses] and as a detailed explanation of all things and as guidance and mercy that perhaps in the meeting with their Lord they would believe. [Al-Anaam: 154]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 154

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Then1 We gave Moses the Scripture, making complete [Our favor] upon the one who did good [i.e., Moses] and as a detailed explanation of all things and as guidance and mercy that perhaps in the meeting with their Lord they would believe.

Transliteration

Ayah 154

Thumma atayna moosa alkitaba tamaman AAala allathee ahsana watafseelan likulli shayin wahudan warahmatan laAAallahum biliqai rabbihim yuminoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 154

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 ثُمَّ Thumma Moreover
2 اٰتَيْنَا atayna We gave أ ت ي
3 مُوسَى moosa Musa
4 الْكِتَابَ alkitaba the Book ك ت ب
5 تَمَامًا tamaman completing (Our Favor) ت م م
6 عَلَى AAala on
7 الَّذِىٓ allathee the one who
8 أَحْسَنَ ahsana did good ح س ن
9 وَتَفْصِيلًا watafseelan and an explanation ف ص ل
10 لِّكُلِّ likulli of every ك ل ل
11 شَىْءٍ shayin thing ش ي أ
12 وَهُدًى wahudan and a guidance ه د ي
13 وَرَحْمَةً warahmatan and mercy ر ح م
14 لَّعَلَّهُم laAAallahum so that they may
15 بِلِقَآءِ biliqai in (the) meeting ل ق ي
16 رَبِّهِمْ rabbihim (with) their Lord ر ب ب
17 يُؤْمِنُونَ yuminoona believe أ م ن

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 155

وَهَٰذَا كِتَٰبٌ أَنزَلْنَٰهُ مُبَارَكٌۭ فَٱتَّبِعُوهُ وَٱتَّقُوا۟ لَعَلَّكُمْ تُرْحَمُونَ.(155)

And this [Qur’ān] is a Book We have revealed [which is] blessed, so follow it and fear Allāh that you may receive mercy. [Al-Anaam: 155]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 155

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And this [Qur’ān] is a Book We have revealed [which is] blessed, so follow it and fear Allāh that you may receive mercy.

Transliteration

Ayah 155

Wahatha kitabun anzalnahu mubarakun faittabiAAoohu waittaqoo laAAallakum turhamoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 155

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَهَٰذَا Wahatha And this
2 كِتَابٌ kitabun (is) a Book ك ت ب
3 أَنزَلْنَاهُ anzalnahu We have revealed it ن ز ل
4 مُبَارَكٌ mubarakun blessed ب ر ك
5 فَاتَّبِعُوهُ faittabiAAoohu so follow it ت ب ع
6 وَاتَّقُواْ waittaqoo and fear (Allah) و ق ي
7 لَعَلَّكُمْ laAAallakum so that you may
8 تُرْحَمُونَ turhamoona receive mercy ر ح م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 156

أَن تَقُولُوٓا۟ إِنَّمَآ أُنزِلَ ٱلْكِتَٰبُ عَلَىٰ طَآئِفَتَيْنِ مِن قَبْلِنَا وَإِن كُنَّا عَن دِرَاسَتِهِمْ لَغَٰفِلِينَ.(156)

[We revealed it] lest you say, "The Scripture was only sent down to two groups before us, but we were of their study unaware," [Al-Anaam: 156]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 156

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

[We revealed it] lest you say, "The Scripture was only sent down to two groups before us, but we were of their study unaware,"

Transliteration

Ayah 156

An taqooloo innama onzila alkitabu AAala taifatayni min qablina wain kunna AAan dirasatihim laghafileena

Word-by-word

Ayah 156

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 أَن An Lest
2 تَقُولُوٓاْ taqooloo you say ق و ل
3 إِنَّمَآ innama Only
4 أُنزِلَ onzila was revealed ن ز ل
5 الْكِتَابُ alkitabu the Book ك ت ب
6 عَلَىٰ AAala on
7 طَآئِفَتَيْنِ taifatayni the two groups ط و ف
8 مِن min from
9 قَبْلِنَا qablina before us ق ب ل
10 وَإِن wain and indeed
11 كُنَّا kunna we were ك و ن
12 عَن AAan about
13 دِرَاسَتِهِمْ dirasatihim their study د ر س
14 لَغَافِلِينَ laghafileena certainly unaware غ ف ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 157

أَوْ تَقُولُوا۟ لَوْ أَنَّآ أُنزِلَ عَلَيْنَا ٱلْكِتَٰبُ لَكُنَّآ أَهْدَىٰ مِنْهُمْ ۚ فَقَدْ جَآءَكُم بَيِّنَةٌۭ مِّن رَّبِّكُمْ وَهُدًۭى وَرَحْمَةٌۭ ۚ فَمَنْ أَظْلَمُ مِمَّن كَذَّبَ بِـَٔايَٰتِ ٱللَّهِ وَصَدَفَ عَنْهَا ۗ سَنَجْزِى ٱلَّذِينَ يَصْدِفُونَ عَنْ ءَايَٰتِنَا سُوٓءَ ٱلْعَذَابِ بِمَا كَانُوا۟ يَصْدِفُونَ.(157)

Or lest you say, "If only the Scripture had been revealed to us, we would have been better guided than they." So there has [now] come to you a clear evidence from your Lord and a guidance and mercy. Then who is more unjust than one who denies the verses of Allāh and turns away from them? We will recompense those who turn away from Our verses with the worst of punishment for their having turned away. [Al-Anaam: 157]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 157

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Or lest you say, "If only the Scripture had been revealed to us, we would have been better guided than they." So there has [now] come to you a clear evidence from your Lord and a guidance and mercy. Then who is more unjust than one who denies the verses of Allāh and turns away from them? We will recompense those who turn away from Our verses with the worst of punishment for their having turned away.

Transliteration

Ayah 157

Aw taqooloo law anna onzila AAalayna alkitabu lakunna ahda minhum faqad jaakum bayyinatun min rabbikum wahudan warahmatun faman athlamu mimman kaththaba biayati Allahi wasadafa AAanha sanajzee allatheena yasdifoona AAan ayatina sooa alAAathabi bima kanoo yasdifoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 157

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 أَوْ Aw Or
2 تَقُولُواْ taqooloo you say ق و ل
3 لَوْ law If
4 أَنَّآ anna [that]
5 أُنزِلَ onzila was revealed ن ز ل
6 عَلَيْنَا AAalayna to us
7 الْكِتَابُ alkitabu the Book ك ت ب
8 لَكُنَّآ lakunna surely we (would) have been ك و ن
9 أَهْدَىٰ ahda better guided ه د ي
10 مِنْهُمْ minhum than them
11 فَقَدْ faqad So verily
12 جَآءَكُم jaakum has come to you ج ي أ
13 بَيِّنَةٌ bayyinatun clear proofs ب ي ن
14 مِّن min from
15 رَّبِّكُمْ rabbikum your Lord ر ب ب
16 وَهُدًى wahudan and a Guidance ه د ي
17 وَرَحْمَةٌ warahmatun and a Mercy ر ح م
18 فَمَنْ faman Then who?
19 أَظْلَمُ athlamu (is) more unjust ظ ل م
20 مِمَّن mimman than (he) who
21 كَذَّبَ kaththaba denies ك ذ ب
22 بِاٰيَاتِ biayati [with] (the) Verses أ ي ي
23 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
24 وَصَدَفَ wasadafa and turns away ص د ف
25 عَنْهَا AAanha from them
26 سَنَجْزِى sanajzee We will recompense ج ز ي
27 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
28 يَصْدِفُونَ yasdifoona turn away ص د ف
29 عَنْ AAan from
30 اٰيَاتِنَا ayatina Our Signs أ ي ي
31 سُوٓءَ sooa (with) an evil س و أ
32 الْعَذَابِ alAAathabi punishment ع ذ ب
33 بِمَا bima because
34 كَانُواْ kanoo they used to ك و ن
35 يَصْدِفُونَ yasdifoona turn away ص د ف

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 158

هَلْ يَنظُرُونَ إِلَّآ أَن تَأْتِيَهُمُ ٱلْمَلَٰٓئِكَةُ أَوْ يَأْتِىَ رَبُّكَ أَوْ يَأْتِىَ بَعْضُ ءَايَٰتِ رَبِّكَ ۗ يَوْمَ يَأْتِى بَعْضُ ءَايَٰتِ رَبِّكَ لَا يَنفَعُ نَفْسًا إِيمَٰنُهَا لَمْ تَكُنْ ءَامَنَتْ مِن قَبْلُ أَوْ كَسَبَتْ فِىٓ إِيمَٰنِهَا خَيْرًۭا ۗ قُلِ ٱنتَظِرُوٓا۟ إِنَّا مُنتَظِرُونَ.(158)

Do they [then] wait for anything except that the angels should come to them or your Lord should come or that there come some of the signs1 of your Lord? The Day that some of the signs of your Lord will come no soul will benefit from its faith as long as it had not believed before or had earned through its faith some good. Say, "Wait. Indeed, we [also] are waiting." [Al-Anaam: 158]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 158

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Do they [then] wait for anything except that the angels should come to them or your Lord should come or that there come some of the signs1 of your Lord? The Day that some of the signs of your Lord will come no soul will benefit from its faith as long as it had not believed before or had earned through its faith some good. Say, "Wait. Indeed, we [also] are waiting."

Transliteration

Ayah 158

Hal yanthuroona illa an tatiyahumu almalaikatu aw yatiya rabbuka aw yatiya baAAdu ayati rabbika yawma yatee baAAdu ayati rabbika la yanfaAAu nafsan eemanuha lam takun amanat min qablu aw kasabat fee eemaniha khayran quli intathiroo inna muntathiroona

Word-by-word

Ayah 158

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 هَلْ Hal Are?
2 يَنظُرُونَ yanthuroona they waiting ن ظ ر
3 إِلَّآ illa except
4 أَن an that
5 تَأْتِيهُمُ tatiyahumu comes to them أ ت ي
6 الْمَلَآئِكَةُ almalaikatu the Angels م ل ك
7 أَوْ aw or
8 يَأْتِىَ yatiya comes أ ت ي
9 رَبُّكَ rabbuka your Lord ر ب ب
10 أَوْ aw or
11 يَأْتِىَ yatiya comes أ ت ي
12 بَعْضُ baAAdu some (of) ب ع ض
13 اٰيَاتِ ayati (the) Signs أ ي ي
14 رَبِّكَ rabbika (of) your Lord ر ب ب
15 يَوْمَ yawma (The) Day ي و م
16 يَأْتِى yatee (when) comes أ ت ي
17 بَعْضُ baAAdu some (of) ب ع ض
18 اٰيَاتِ ayati (the) Signs أ ي ي
19 رَبِّكَ rabbika (of) your Lord ر ب ب
20 لَا la not
21 يَنفَعُ yanfaAAu will benefit ن ف ع
22 نَفْسًا nafsan a soul ن ف س
23 إِيمَانُهَا eemanuha its faith أ م ن
24 لَمْ lam not
25 تَكُنْ takun (if) it had ك و ن
26 اٰمَنَتْ amanat believed أ م ن
27 مِن min from
28 قَبْلُ qablu before ق ب ل
29 أَوْ aw or
30 كَسَبَتْ kasabat earned ك س ب
31 فِىٓ fee through
32 إِيمَانِهَا eemaniha its faith أ م ن
33 خَيْرًا khayran any good خ ي ر
34 قُلِ quli Say ق و ل
35 انتَظِرُوٓاْ intathiroo Wait ن ظ ر
36 إِنَّا inna Indeed we
37 مُنتَظِرُونَ muntathiroona (are) those who wait ن ظ ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 159

إِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ فَرَّقُوا۟ دِينَهُمْ وَكَانُوا۟ شِيَعًۭا لَّسْتَ مِنْهُمْ فِى شَىْءٍ ۚ إِنَّمَآ أَمْرُهُمْ إِلَى ٱللَّهِ ثُمَّ يُنَبِّئُهُم بِمَا كَانُوا۟ يَفْعَلُونَ.(159)

Indeed, those who have divided their religion and become sects - you, [O Muḥammad], are not [associated] with them in anything. Their affair is only [left] to Allāh; then He will inform them about what they used to do. [Al-Anaam: 159]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 159

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Indeed, those who have divided their religion and become sects - you, [O Muḥammad], are not [associated] with them in anything. Their affair is only [left] to Allāh; then He will inform them about what they used to do.

Transliteration

Ayah 159

Inna allatheena farraqoo deenahum wakanoo shiyaAAan lasta minhum fee shayin innama amruhum ila Allahi thumma yunabbiohum bima kanoo yafAAaloona

Word-by-word

Ayah 159

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 إِنَّ Inna Indeed
2 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
3 فَرَّقُواْ farraqoo divide ف ر ق
4 دِينَهُمْ deenahum their religion د ي ن
5 وَكَانُواْ wakanoo and become ك و ن
6 شِيَعًا shiyaAAan sects ش ي ع
7 لَّسْتَ lasta you are not ل ي س
8 مِنْهُمْ minhum with them
9 فِى fee in
10 شَىْءٍ shayin anything ش ي أ
11 إِنَّمَآ innama Only
12 أَمْرُهُمْ amruhum their affair أ م ر
13 إِلَى ila (is) with
14 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
15 ثُمَّ thumma then
16 يُنَبِّئُهُم yunabbiohum He will inform them ن ب أ
17 بِمَا bima of what
18 كَانُواْ kanoo they used to ك و ن
19 يَفْعَلُونَ yafAAaloona do ف ع ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 160

مَن جَآءَ بِٱلْحَسَنَةِ فَلَهُۥ عَشْرُ أَمْثَالِهَا ۖ وَمَن جَآءَ بِٱلسَّيِّئَةِ فَلَا يُجْزَىٰٓ إِلَّا مِثْلَهَا وَهُمْ لَا يُظْلَمُونَ.(160)

Whoever comes [on the Day of Judgement] with a good deed will have ten times the like thereof [to his credit], and whoever comes with an evil deed will not be recompensed except the like thereof; and they will not be wronged.1 [Al-Anaam: 160]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 160

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Whoever comes [on the Day of Judgement] with a good deed will have ten times the like thereof [to his credit], and whoever comes with an evil deed will not be recompensed except the like thereof; and they will not be wronged.1

Transliteration

Ayah 160

Man jaa bialhasanati falahu AAashru amthaliha waman jaa bialssayyiati fala yujza illa mithlaha wahum la yuthlamoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 160

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 مَن Man Whoever
2 جَآءَ jaa came ج ي أ
3 بِالْحَسَنَةِ bialhasanati with a good deed ح س ن
4 فَلَهُۥ falahu then for him
5 عَشْرُ AAashru (is) ten (times) ع ش ر
6 أَمْثَالِهَا amthaliha the like of it م ث ل
7 وَمَن waman And whoever
8 جَآءَ jaa came ج ي أ
9 بِالسَّيِّئَةِ bialssayyiati with an evil deed س و أ
10 فَلَا fala then not
11 يُجْزَىٰٓ yujza he will be recompensed ج ز ي
12 إِلَّا illa except
13 مِثْلَهَا mithlaha the like of it م ث ل
14 وَهُمْ wahum and they
15 لَا la will not
16 يُظْلَمُونَ yuthlamoona (be) wronged ظ ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 161

قُلْ إِنَّنِى هَدَىٰنِى رَبِّىٓ إِلَىٰ صِرَٰطٍۢ مُّسْتَقِيمٍۢ دِينًۭا قِيَمًۭا مِّلَّةَ إِبْرَٰهِيمَ حَنِيفًۭا ۚ وَمَا كَانَ مِنَ ٱلْمُشْرِكِينَ.(161)

Say, "Indeed, my Lord has guided me to a straight path - a correct religion - the way of Abraham, inclining toward truth. And he was not among those who associated others with Allāh." [Al-Anaam: 161]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 161

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Say, "Indeed, my Lord has guided me to a straight path - a correct religion - the way of Abraham, inclining toward truth. And he was not among those who associated others with Allāh."

Transliteration

Ayah 161

Qul innanee hadanee rabbee ila siratin mustaqeemin deenan qiyaman millata ibraheema haneefan wama kana mina almushrikeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 161

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قُلْ Qul Say ق و ل
2 إِنَّنِى innanee Indeed (as for) me
3 هَدَانِى hadanee has guided me ه د ي
4 رَبِّىٓ rabbee my Lord ر ب ب
5 إِلَىٰ ila to
6 صِرَاطٍ siratin a path ص ر ط
7 مُّسْتَقِيمٍ mustaqeemin straight ق و م
8 دِينًا deenan a religion د ي ن
9 قِيَمًا qiyaman right ق و م
10 مِّلَّةَ millata religion م ل ل
11 إِبْرَاهِيمَ ibraheema (of) Ibrahim
12 حَنِيفًا haneefan a true monotheist ح ن ف
13 وَمَا wama And not
14 كَانَ kana he was ك و ن
15 مِنَ mina from
16 الْمُشْرِكِينَ almushrikeena the polytheists ش ر ك

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 162

قُلْ إِنَّ صَلَاتِى وَنُسُكِى وَمَحْيَاىَ وَمَمَاتِى لِلَّهِ رَبِّ ٱلْعَٰلَمِينَ.(162)

Say, "Indeed, my prayer, my rites of sacrifice, my living and my dying are for Allāh, Lord of the worlds. [Al-Anaam: 162]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 162

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Say, "Indeed, my prayer, my rites of sacrifice, my living and my dying are for Allāh, Lord of the worlds.

Transliteration

Ayah 162

Qul inna salatee wanusukee wamahyaya wamamatee lillahi rabbi alAAalameena

Word-by-word

Ayah 162

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قُلْ Qul Say ق و ل
2 إِنَّ inna Indeed
3 صَلَاتِى salatee my prayer ص ل و
4 وَنُسُكِى wanusukee and my rites of sacrifice ن س ك
5 وَمَحْيَاىَ wamahyaya and my living ح ي ي
6 وَمَمَاتِى wamamatee and my dying م و ت
7 لِلّٰهِ lillahi (are) for Allah أ ل ه
8 رَبِّ rabbi Lord ر ب ب
9 الْعَالَمِينَ alAAalameena (of) the worlds ع ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 163

لَا شَرِيكَ لَهُۥ ۖ وَبِذَٰلِكَ أُمِرْتُ وَأَنَا۠ أَوَّلُ ٱلْمُسْلِمِينَ.(163)

No partner has He. And this I have been commanded, and I am the first [among you] of the Muslims."1 [Al-Anaam: 163]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 163

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

No partner has He. And this I have been commanded, and I am the first [among you] of the Muslims."1

Transliteration

Ayah 163

La shareeka lahu wabithalika omirtu waana awwalu almuslimeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 163

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 لَا La No
2 شَرِيكَ shareeka partners ش ر ك
3 لَهُۥ lahu for Him
4 وَبِذَٰلِكَ wabithalika and with that
5 أُمِرْتُ omirtu I have been commanded أ م ر
6 وَأَنَاْ waana And I am
7 أَوَّلُ awwalu (the) first أ و ل
8 الْمُسْلِمِينَ almuslimeena (of) the ones who surrender (to Him) س ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 164

قُلْ أَغَيْرَ ٱللَّهِ أَبْغِى رَبًّا وَهُوَ رَبُّ كُلِّ شَىْءٍۢ ۚ وَلَا تَكْسِبُ كُلُّ نَفْسٍ إِلَّا عَلَيْهَا ۚ وَلَا تَزِرُ وَازِرَةٌۭ وِزْرَ أُخْرَىٰ ۚ ثُمَّ إِلَىٰ رَبِّكُم مَّرْجِعُكُمْ فَيُنَبِّئُكُم بِمَا كُنتُمْ فِيهِ تَخْتَلِفُونَ.(164)

Say, "Is it other than Allāh I should desire as a lord while He is the Lord of all things? And every soul earns not [blame] except against itself, and no bearer of burdens will bear the burden of another. Then to your Lord is your return, and He will inform you concerning that over which you used to differ." [Al-Anaam: 164]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 164

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Say, "Is it other than Allāh I should desire as a lord while He is the Lord of all things? And every soul earns not [blame] except against itself, and no bearer of burdens will bear the burden of another. Then to your Lord is your return, and He will inform you concerning that over which you used to differ."

Transliteration

Ayah 164

Qul aghayra Allahi abghee rabban wahuwa rabbu kulli shayin wala taksibu kullu nafsin illa AAalayha wala taziru waziratun wizra okhra thumma ila rabbikum marjiAAukum fayunabbiokum bima kuntum feehi takhtalifoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 164

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قُلْ Qul Say ق و ل
2 أَغَيْرَ aghayra Is (it) other than? غ ي ر
3 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
4 أَبْغِى abghee I (should) seek ب غ ي
5 رَبًّا rabban (as) a Lord ر ب ب
6 وَهُوَ wahuwa while He
7 رَبُّ rabbu (is) the Lord ر ب ب
8 كُلِّ kulli (of) every ك ل ل
9 شَىْءٍ shayin thing ش ي أ
10 وَلَا wala And not
11 تَكْسِبُ taksibu earns ك س ب
12 كُلُّ kullu every ك ل ل
13 نَفْسٍ nafsin soul ن ف س
14 إِلَّا illa except
15 عَلَيْهَا AAalayha against itself
16 وَلَا wala and not
17 تَزِرُ taziru bears و ز ر
18 وَازِرَةٌ waziratun any bearer of burden و ز ر
19 وِزْرَ wizra burden و ز ر
20 أُخْرَىٰ okhra (of) another أ خ ر
21 ثُمَّ thumma Then
22 إِلَىٰ ila to
23 رَبِّكُم rabbikum your Lord ر ب ب
24 مَّرْجِعُكُمْ marjiAAukum (is) your return ر ج ع
25 فَيُنَبِّئُكُم fayunabbiokum then He will inform you ن ب أ
26 بِمَا bima about what
27 كُنتُمْ kuntum you were ك و ن
28 فِيهِ feehi concerning it
29 تَخْتَلِفُونَ takhtalifoona differing خ ل ف

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 165

وَهُوَ ٱلَّذِى جَعَلَكُمْ خَلَٰٓئِفَ ٱلْأَرْضِ وَرَفَعَ بَعْضَكُمْ فَوْقَ بَعْضٍۢ دَرَجَٰتٍۢ لِّيَبْلُوَكُمْ فِى مَآ ءَاتَىٰكُمْ ۗ إِنَّ رَبَّكَ سَرِيعُ ٱلْعِقَابِ وَإِنَّهُۥ لَغَفُورٌۭ رَّحِيمٌۢ.(165)

And it is He who has made you successors upon the earth and has raised some of you above others in degrees [of rank] that He may try you through what He has given you. Indeed, your Lord is swift in penalty; but indeed, He is Forgiving and Merciful. [Al-Anaam: 165]

Back to surah / Surah 006 · Al-Anaam / Ayah 165

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And it is He who has made you successors upon the earth and has raised some of you above others in degrees [of rank] that He may try you through what He has given you. Indeed, your Lord is swift in penalty; but indeed, He is Forgiving and Merciful.

Transliteration

Ayah 165

Wahuwa allathee jaAAalakum khalaifa alardi warafaAAa baAAdakum fawqa baAAdin darajatin liyabluwakum fee ma atakum inna rabbaka sareeAAu alAAiqabi wainnahu laghafoorun raheemun

Word-by-word

Ayah 165

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَهُوَ Wahuwa And He
2 الَّذِى allathee (is) the One Who
3 جَعَلَكُمْ jaAAalakum (has) made you ج ع ل
4 خَلَائِفَ khalaifa successors خ ل ف
5 الْأَرْضِ alardi (of) the earth أ ر ض
6 وَرَفَعَ warafaAAa and raised ر ف ع
7 بَعْضَكُمْ baAAdakum some of you ب ع ض
8 فَوْقَ fawqa above ف و ق
9 بَعْضٍ baAAdin others ب ع ض
10 دَرَجَاتٍ darajatin (in) ranks د ر ج
11 لِّيَبْلُوَكُمْ liyabluwakum so that He may test you ب ل و
12 فِى fee in
13 مَآ ma what
14 اٰتَاكُمْ atakum He has given you أ ت ي
15 إِنَّ inna Indeed
16 رَبَّكَ rabbaka your Lord ر ب ب
17 سَرِيعُ sareeAAu (is) swift س ر ع
18 الْعِقَابِ alAAiqabi (in) the punishment ع ق ب
19 وَإِنَّهُۥ wainnahu and indeed He (is)
20 لَغَفُورٌ laghafoorun [certainly] Oft-Forgiving غ ف ر
21 رَّحِيمٌ raheemun Most Merciful ر ح م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Now Playing Ayah